Question 1archived
Select the word-pair that best represents a similar relationship to the one expressed in the pair of words given below.
Energy : Joule
- A
Temperature : Hot
- B
Force : Watt
- C
Power : Horse
- D
Current : Ampere
Show answer
D. Current : AmpereUnderstanding the Relationship: Quantity and Unit
The question asks us to find a word-pair that shares a similar relationship to the given pair: Energy : Joule.
Let's analyze the relationship in the original pair:
Energy is a physical quantity.
Joule is the standard unit of measurement for energy in the International System of Units (SI units).
So, the relationship in the pair Energy : Joule is Quantity : Standard Unit of Measurement.
Analyzing the Options
Now, let's examine each option to see which one exhibits the same Quantity : Standard Unit of Measurement relationship.
Option 1: Temperature : Hot
Temperature is a physical quantity.
Hot is a descriptive state or quality associated with temperature, not a unit of measurement. Units for temperature include Celsius, Fahrenheit, or Kelvin.
The relationship here is Quantity : Descriptive State. This is different from Quantity : Unit of Measurement.
Option 2: Force : Watt
Force is a physical quantity.
Watt is the standard unit of measurement for Power, not Force. The standard unit for Force is Newton.
The relationship here is Quantity : Incorrect Unit. This is different from Quantity : Unit of Measurement.
Option 3: Power : Horse
Power is a physical quantity.
Horse (as in horsepower) is a unit of measurement for Power, but it is not the standard SI unit. The standard SI unit for Power is Watt.
The relationship here is Quantity : Unit (Non-SI). While it is a unit, it's not the standard SI unit like Joule is for Energy.
Option 4: Current : Ampere
Current (specifically Electric Current) is a physical quantity.
Ampere is the standard unit of measurement for Electric Current in the International System of Units (SI units).
The relationship here is Quantity : Standard Unit of Measurement.
Comparison and Conclusion
Comparing the relationship in the original pair Energy : Joule (Quantity : Standard Unit of Measurement) with the relationships in the options, we find that the pair Current : Ampere has the identical relationship.
Pair
Quantity
Second Word
Relationship
Matches Original?
Energy : Joule
Energy
Joule
Standard Unit of Measurement
Original Pair
Temperature : Hot
Temperature
Hot
Descriptive State
No
Force : Watt
Force
Watt
Incorrect Unit (Unit for Power)
No
Power : Horse
Power
Horse
Unit (Non-SI)
Partially, but not Standard SI
Current : Ampere
Current
Ampere
Standard Unit of Measurement
Yes
Therefore, the word-pair that best represents a similar relationship to Energy : Joule is Current : Ampere.
Revision Table: Common Quantities and SI Units
Quantity
SI Unit
Symbol
Length
Meter
m
Mass
Kilogram
kg
Time
Second
s
Electric Current
Ampere
A
Thermodynamic Temperature
Kelvin
K
Amount of Substance
Mole
mol
Luminous Intensity
Candela
cd
Energy
Joule
J
Power
Watt
W
Force
Newton
N
Electric Charge
Coulomb
C
Voltage
Volt
V
Additional Information: Understanding SI Units
The International System of Units (SI) is the modern form of the metric system and is the most widely used system of measurement. It is based on seven base units, from which other derived units are formed. Using standard units like the Joule for energy or the Ampere for current ensures consistency and clarity in scientific and everyday contexts.
Analogy questions often test your understanding of fundamental relationships between concepts. In this case, knowing common physical quantities and their standard units was key to solving the problem.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 2archived
Select the correct mirror image of the given figure when the mirror is placed at the right side of the figure.


- A
Option A (shown in image)

- B
Option B (shown in image)

- C
Option C (shown in image)

- D
Option D (shown in image)

Show answer
Question 3archived
Select the set in which the numbers are related in the same way as are the numbers of the following set.
(NOTE: Operations should be performed on the whole numbers, without breaking down the numbers into their constituent digits. E.g. 13 - Operations on 13 such as adding / substracting / multiplying etc. to 13 can be performed. Breaking down 13 into 1 and 3 and then performing mathematical operations on 1 and 3 is not allowed.)
(7, 15, 11)
(9, 19, 14)
- A
(11, 23, 17)
- B
(13, 25, 21)
- C
(6, 13, 9)
- D
(8, 16, 13)
Show answer
A. (11, 23, 17)Understanding Number Set Relationships
This question asks us to find a set of numbers among the options that shares the same mathematical or logical relationship as the two example sets provided: (7, 15, 11) and (9, 19, 14).
It's important to note the constraint given: operations should be performed on the whole numbers as they are, without breaking them down into their individual digits. For example, we can use 13 as a whole number for operations like addition or multiplication, but we cannot separate 1 and 3 to perform calculations.
Analyzing the Given Number Sets to Find the Pattern
Let's examine the relationship between the numbers in the two provided sets. We'll try to find a consistent rule that connects the first, second, and third numbers in each set.
Set 1: (7, 15, 11)
Let the numbers be represented as A, B, and C, where A = 7, B = 15, and C = 11.
We look for a rule connecting A, B, and C.
Let's explore some common relationships:
Relationship between A and B: We can see that $15 = 7 \times 2 + 1$. This suggests a rule like $B = 2A + 1$.
Relationship between A and C: $11 = 7 + 4$. This suggests $C = A + 4$.
Relationship between B and C: $11 = 15 - 4$. This suggests $C = B - 4$.
Relationship involving all three: What about the average of A and B? $(7 + 15) / 2 = 22 / 2 = 11$. This matches C. This suggests a rule $C = (A + B) / 2$.
Set 2: (9, 19, 14)
Let A = 9, B = 19, and C = 14.
Now, let's test the potential patterns found from Set 1 on this second set to see which one is consistent.
Test $B = 2A + 1$: $2 \times 9 + 1 = 18 + 1 = 19$. This matches B (19). The rule $B = 2A + 1$ works for both sets.
Test $C = A + 4$: $9 + 4 = 13$. This does not match C (14).
Test $C = B - 4$: $19 - 4 = 15$. This does not match C (14).
Test $C = (A + B) / 2$: $(9 + 19) / 2 = 28 / 2 = 14$. This matches C (14). The rule $C = (A + B) / 2$ works for both sets.
From the analysis of both sets, we find a consistent pair of relationships governing the numbers A, B, and C:
The second number (B) is calculated as twice the first number (A) plus one: $B = 2A + 1$.
The third number (C) is the average of the first and second numbers: $C = \frac{A + B}{2}$.
Checking Options Against the Pattern
Now we will examine each of the given options to see which set follows the identified pattern ($B = 2A + 1$ and $C = (A + B) / 2$).
Option Set (A, B, C)
Check Rule 1: $B = 2A + 1$
Check Rule 2: $C = (A + B) / 2$
Follows the Pattern?
(11, 23, 17)
$2 \times 11 + 1 = 22 + 1 = 23$ (Matches B=23)
$(11 + 23) / 2 = 34 / 2 = 17$ (Matches C=17)
Yes
(13, 25, 21)
$2 \times 13 + 1 = 26 + 1 = 27$ (Does not match B=25)
-
No
(6, 13, 9)
$2 \times 6 + 1 = 12 + 1 = 13$ (Matches B=13)
$(6 + 13) / 2 = 19 / 2 = 9.5$ (Does not match C=9)
No
(8, 16, 13)
$2 \times 8 + 1 = 16 + 1 = 17$ (Does not match B=16)
-
No
Conclusion
Only the option set (11, 23, 17) satisfies both relationships discovered from the example sets: the second number is $2A + 1$ and the third number is the average of the first two numbers, $(A + B) / 2$.
Therefore, the set (11, 23, 17) is related in the same way as the numbers of the given sets (7, 15, 11) and (9, 19, 14).
Revision Table: Reasoning Number Patterns
Concept
Explanation
Application
Number Set Analogy
Identifying how numbers in a group are mathematically or logically connected.
Finding the hidden rule in given sets.
Pattern Identification
Observing examples to deduce the consistent rule or relationship.
Key skill for solving reasoning puzzles and analogies.
Rule Application
Testing the discovered rule against new sets of numbers (options).
Confirming which set follows the same pattern.
Additional Information: Strategies for Number Relationship Questions
Questions involving number set relationships require you to be systematic in exploring possibilities. Here are some strategies:
Start with simple arithmetic: Look for sums, differences, products, or quotients between pairs of numbers in the set.
Consider operations involving all three numbers: Check for relationships like the third number being the sum, difference, product, quotient, or average of the first two.
Look for sequences or series: Sometimes the numbers follow a progression based on a simple rule (e.g., add a constant, multiply by a constant, or a combination).
Check for powers or roots: See if squaring, cubing, or taking square/cube roots are involved.
Always test your hypothesis on ALL provided examples. A rule must work for every given set.
If one rule doesn't work, try combining operations or looking for two simultaneous rules, as seen in this problem ($B = 2A + 1$ and $C = (A + B) / 2$).
Systematically check each option against the confirmed rule(s).
Pay close attention to any specific conditions mentioned in the question, such as the one about not breaking down digits.
Practice is key to quickly spotting patterns in number set analogy problems.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 4archived
Select the option that represents the correct order of the given words as they would appear in an English dictionary.
1. Strategy
2. Strength
3. Stranger
4. Stretch
5. Struggle
6. Strange
- A
3, 6, 1, 2, 4, 5
- B
6, 3, 1, 4, 2, 5
- C
6, 1, 3, 2, 4, 5
- D
6, 3, 1, 2, 4, 5
Show answer
D. 6, 3, 1, 2, 4, 5The correct answer is 6, 3, 1, 2, 4, 5.
Regularly practicing word arrangement can make you faster and more accurate. Understanding prefixes, suffixes, and root words can also aid in quickly locating words or determining their relative order. Many competitive exams include questions based on dictionary arrangement to test logical reasoning and vocabulary knowledge. Using a physical or online dictionary frequently is the best way to get familiar with alphabetical sorting.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 5archived
Select the correct mirror image of the given figure when the mirror is placed at MN as shown below.

- A
Option A (shown in image)
- B
Option B (shown in image)
- C
Option C (shown in image)
- D
Option D (shown in image)
Show answer
Question 6archived
Select the figure that will replace the question mark (?) in the following figure series.

- A
Option A (shown in image)
- B
Option B (shown in image)
- C
Option C (shown in image)
- D
Option D (shown in image)
Show answer
Question 7archived
Select the option that is related to the fifth letter-cluster in the same way as the second letter-cluster is related to the first letter-cluster and the fourth letter-cluster is related to the third letter-cluster.
BET : UXM :: SYP : LRI :: HOX : ?
- A
NVE
- B
AHQ
- C
BHQ
- D
MVE
Show answer
B. AHQSolving Letter Cluster Analogy Questions
This question asks us to find a relationship between letter clusters, similar to how the first cluster relates to the second and the third cluster relates to the fourth. We need to apply the same relationship to the fifth cluster to find the missing one.
The given relationships are:
BET : UXM
SYP : LRI
HOX : ?
Let's analyze the first pair to find the pattern.
Analyzing the First Letter Cluster Pair: BET to UXM
We can analyze the relationship between the letters by looking at their positions in the English alphabet. Let's assign numerical values to each letter (A=1, B=2, ..., Z=26).
B is the 2nd letter. U is the 21st letter.
E is the 5th letter. X is the 24th letter.
T is the 20th letter. M is the 13th letter.
Now let's look at the difference in positions for each corresponding letter:
For the first letter: From B (2) to U (21). The difference is $21 - 2 = 19$. Alternatively, considering a wrap-around from Z back to A, $2 - 26 = -24$. To reach 21 from 2, we could think of subtracting: $2 - 7 = -5$. If we wrap around (add 26), $-5 + 26 = 21$. This matches U. So, $-7$ seems plausible.
For the second letter: From E (5) to X (24). The difference is $24 - 5 = 19$. Using the $-7$ pattern: $5 - 7 = -2$. Adding 26 for wrap-around: $-2 + 26 = 24$. This matches X. The $-7$ pattern holds.
For the third letter: From T (20) to M (13). The difference is $13 - 20 = -7$. This directly matches the $-7$ pattern.
The pattern discovered is to subtract 7 from the alphabetical position of each letter. When the result is less than or equal to 0, add 26 to get the wrapped-around position.
Let's summarize the rule:
New Position = (Original Position - 7) modulo 26 (if 0 or negative, add 26)
Using standard position values (1-26):
B(2) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $2 - 7 = -5 \xrightarrow{+26} 21$ (U)
E(5) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $5 - 7 = -2 \xrightarrow{+26} 24$ (X)
T(20) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $20 - 7 = 13$ (M)
The rule seems consistent for the first pair.
Verifying the Pattern with SYP to LRI
Let's apply the same rule to the second pair: SYP to LRI.
S is the 19th letter.
Y is the 25th letter.
P is the 16th letter.
Applying the $-7$ rule:
S(19) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $19 - 7 = 12$. The 12th letter is L.
Y(25) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $25 - 7 = 18$. The 18th letter is R.
P(16) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $16 - 7 = 9$. The 9th letter is I.
The resulting cluster is LRI, which matches the given second cluster. The $-7$ pattern is confirmed.
Applying the Pattern to HOX
Now, let's apply the same pattern to the fifth letter-cluster, HOX, to find the missing cluster.
H is the 8th letter.
O is the 15th letter.
X is the 24th letter.
Applying the $-7$ rule to each letter:
H(8) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $8 - 7 = 1$. The 1st letter is A.
O(15) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $15 - 7 = 8$. The 8th letter is H.
X(24) $\xrightarrow{-7}$ $24 - 7 = 17$. The 17th letter is Q.
The resulting letter cluster is AHQ.
Comparing with Options
Let's check the options to see which one matches AHQ.
Option 1: NVE
Option 2: AHQ
Option 3: BHQ
Option 4: MVE
The calculated cluster AHQ matches Option 2.
Summary of Letter Position Changes
Original Letter
Position
Rule (-7)
New Position
New Letter
B
2
$2-7=-5$
$-5+26=21$
U
E
5
$5-7=-2$
$-2+26=24$
X
T
20
$20-7=13$
13
M
S
19
$19-7=12$
12
L
Y
25
$25-7=18$
18
R
P
16
$16-7=9$
9
I
H
8
$8-7=1$
1
A
O
15
$15-7=8$
8
H
X
24
$24-7=17$
17
Q
Conclusion
By analyzing the relationship between the letter positions in the given pairs, we found a consistent pattern of subtracting 7 from the position of each letter. Applying this pattern to the letter cluster HOX results in the cluster AHQ.
Revision Table: Letter Cluster Analogy
Letter Clusters and Their Relationship
First Cluster
Second Cluster
Relationship (Position - 7)
BET
UXM
B(2)-7=U(21), E(5)-7=X(24), T(20)-7=M(13)
SYP
LRI
S(19)-7=L(12), Y(25)-7=R(18), P(16)-7=I(9)
HOX
AHQ
H(8)-7=A(1), O(15)-7=H(8), X(24)-7=Q(17)
Additional Information: Types of Letter Series and Analogies
Letter series and analogy problems are common in logical reasoning and verbal ability tests. They assess your ability to identify patterns in sequences or pairs of letters.
Common types of patterns include:
Position-Based Patterns: Relationships based on the alphabetical position of letters, like the example above (adding or subtracting a fixed number, or a changing number).
Difference-Based Patterns: Looking at the difference between consecutive letters in a series or between corresponding letters in an analogy pair.
Skip-Letter Patterns: Skipping a fixed number of letters between consecutive terms.
Vowel/Consonant Patterns: Based on the arrangement of vowels and consonants.
Reverse Alphabetical Order: Patterns moving backward through the alphabet.
Combination Patterns: A mix of two or more simple patterns.
To solve these problems, it's often helpful to write down the alphabetical positions of the letters and look for mathematical or logical relationships between these numbers.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 8archived
Select the option that is related to the fifth letter-cluster in the same way as the second letter-cluster is related to the first letter-cluster and the fourth letter-cluster is related to the third letter cluster.
MAGNET : AMNGTE :: FAMILY : AFIMYL :: BLOCKS : ?
- A
LBCOSK
- B
OLBSKC
- C
LCBOSK
- D
LBOCSK
Show answer
A. LBCOSKUnderstanding Letter Cluster Analogy
This type of question involves identifying the relationship between two letter clusters and applying that same relationship to a third letter cluster to find the missing one. We need to carefully examine the transformation from the first cluster to the second and from the third to the fourth to find the underlying rule.
Analyzing the Given Letter Clusters
Let's look at the two examples provided:
MAGNET is related to AMNGTE.
FAMILY is related to AFIMYL.
We need to find the letter cluster that is related to BLOCKS in the same way.
Identifying the Pattern in the Letter Clusters
Let's compare the positions of the letters in the original word and the transformed word for both examples.
Pattern Analysis: MAGNET to AMNGTE
Position
1
2
3
4
5
6
MAGNET
M
A
G
N
E
T
AMNGTE
A
M
N
G
T
E
Comparing the positions:
The letter at position 1 (M) in MAGNET moves to position 2 in AMNGTE.
The letter at position 2 (A) in MAGNET moves to position 1 in AMNGTE.
The letter at position 3 (G) in MAGNET moves to position 4 in AMNGTE.
The letter at position 4 (N) in MAGNET moves to position 3 in AMNGTE.
The letter at position 5 (E) in MAGNET moves to position 6 in AMNGTE.
The letter at position 6 (T) in MAGNET moves to position 5 in AMNGTE.
This shows that adjacent letters are swapped. Position 1 swaps with Position 2, Position 3 swaps with Position 4, and Position 5 swaps with Position 6.
Pattern Analysis: FAMILY to AFIMYL
Position
1
2
3
4
5
6
FAMILY
F
A
M
I
L
Y
AFIMYL
A
F
I
M
Y
L
Comparing the positions:
The letter at position 1 (F) in FAMILY moves to position 2 in AFIMYL.
The letter at position 2 (A) in FAMILY moves to position 1 in AFIMYL.
The letter at position 3 (M) in FAMILY moves to position 4 in AFIMYL.
The letter at position 4 (I) in FAMILY moves to position 3 in AFIMYL.
The letter at position 5 (L) in FAMILY moves to position 6 in AFIMYL.
The letter at position 6 (Y) in FAMILY moves to position 5 in AFIMYL.
This confirms the pattern: adjacent letters are swapped. Position 1 swaps with Position 2, Position 3 swaps with Position 4, and Position 5 swaps with Position 6.
Applying the Pattern to BLOCKS
Now, we apply the same adjacent swap pattern to the letter cluster BLOCKS.
Position
1
2
3
4
5
6
BLOCKS
B
L
O
C
K
S
Apply the swaps:
Swap Position 1 (B) and Position 2 (L) → LB
Swap Position 3 (O) and Position 4 (C) → CO
Swap Position 5 (K) and Position 6 (S) → SK
Combining the swapped pairs gives us the resulting letter cluster: LBCOSK.
Comparing with Options
Let's compare our result LBCOSK with the given options:
LBCOSK
OLBSKC
LCBOSK
LBOCSK
Our derived letter cluster, LBCOSK, matches option 1.
Conclusion for the Letter Cluster Analogy
The pattern in the letter cluster analogy is swapping each adjacent pair of letters in the word. Applying this pattern to BLOCKS results in LBCOSK.
The final answer is the letter cluster LBCOSK.
Revision Table: Letter Cluster Pattern
Original Word
Transformed Word
Pattern Applied
MAGNET
AMNGTE
Swap (1,2), (3,4), (5,6)
FAMILY
AFIMYL
Swap (1,2), (3,4), (5,6)
BLOCKS
LBCOSK
Swap (1,2), (3,4), (5,6)
Additional Information: Solving Analogy Questions
Letter cluster analogy questions test your ability to find patterns in how letters or groups of letters are rearranged or transformed. Here are some common types of patterns you might encounter:
Position Swapping: Letters change positions based on a specific rule (like adjacent swaps, reverse order, outer letters swapped with inner, etc.).
Letter Shifting: Each letter is shifted a certain number of places forward or backward in the alphabet (e.g., A → C, B → D is a shift of +2).
Letter Replacement: Letters are replaced by other letters based on a rule (e.g., vowels replaced by next consonant, specific letters replaced by others).
Combination of Patterns: Sometimes a mix of position swapping and letter shifting/replacement might be used.
To solve these questions effectively, always:
Write down the original and transformed letter clusters.
Compare the letters position by position.
Look for changes in position or changes in the letters themselves.
Test the potential pattern on all given examples to ensure consistency.
Apply the verified pattern to the target letter cluster.
Practice with different types of letter cluster analogies helps improve pattern recognition skills.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 9archived
Which letter-cluster will replace the question mark (?) to complete the given series?
GTCL, KWEM, OZGN, SCIO, ?
- A
VGLQ
- B
WKFD
- C
VJEF
- D
WFKP
Show answer
D. WFKPAnalyzing the Letter-Cluster Series
The question asks us to find the next term in the given series of letter-clusters: GTCL, KWEM, OZGN, SCIO, ?. To solve this, we need to identify the pattern in the progression of letters at each position within the clusters.
Step-by-Step Pattern Analysis
Let's look at the letters at each corresponding position across the series:
First Letter: G, K, O, S, ?
Second Letter: T, W, Z, C, ?
Third Letter: C, E, G, I, ?
Fourth Letter: L, M, N, O, ?
Now, let's find the difference in the alphabetical position for each sequence.
Pattern for the First Letter
G to K: K is 4 letters after G. (G=7, K=11, $11-7=4$)
K to O: O is 4 letters after K. (K=11, O=15, $15-11=4$)
O to S: S is 4 letters after O. (O=15, S=19, $19-15=4$)
The pattern for the first letter is adding 4 to the alphabetical position. So, the next first letter will be 4 letters after S. (S=19, $19+4=23$). The 23rd letter is W.
Pattern for the Second Letter
T to W: W is 3 letters after T. (T=20, W=23, $23-20=3$)
W to Z: Z is 3 letters after W. (W=23, Z=26, $26-23=3$)
Z to C: C is 3 letters after Z, considering the alphabet wraps around (A=1, B=2, C=3). (Z=26, A=27 or 1, B=28 or 2, C=29 or 3. $26+3 = 29 \equiv 3 \pmod{26}$ considering A=1).
The pattern for the second letter is adding 3 to the alphabetical position (with wrap-around). So, the next second letter will be 3 letters after C. (C=3, $3+3=6$). The 6th letter is F.
Pattern for the Third Letter
C to E: E is 2 letters after C. (C=3, E=5, $5-3=2$)
E to G: G is 2 letters after E. (E=5, G=7, $7-5=2$)
G to I: I is 2 letters after G. (G=7, I=9, $9-7=2$)
The pattern for the third letter is adding 2 to the alphabetical position. So, the next third letter will be 2 letters after I. (I=9, $9+2=11$). The 11th letter is K.
Pattern for the Fourth Letter
L to M: M is 1 letter after L. (L=12, M=13, $13-12=1$)
M to N: N is 1 letter after M. (M=13, N=14, $14-13=1$)
N to O: O is 1 letter after N. (N=14, O=15, $15-14=1$)
The pattern for the fourth letter is adding 1 to the alphabetical position. So, the next fourth letter will be 1 letter after O. (O=15, $15+1=16$). The 16th letter is P.
Combining the Results
By combining the next letters for each position, we get the next letter-cluster:
First letter: W
Second letter: F
Third letter: K
Fourth letter: P
The next letter-cluster in the series is WFKP.
Verification with Options
Let's compare our result WFKP with the given options:
Option
Letter-Cluster
1
VGLQ
2
WKFD
3
VJEF
4
WFKP
Our derived letter-cluster, WFKP, matches option 4.
Conclusion on Letter Series Completion
The pattern in the letter-cluster series GTCL, KWEM, OZGN, SCIO, ? involves consistent increments for each corresponding letter position: +4 for the first, +3 for the second (with wrap-around), +2 for the third, and +1 for the fourth. Following this pattern, the next term is WFKP.
Revision Table: Letter Series Analysis
Position
Letters in Series
Pattern (Alphabetical Position Change)
Next Letter Calculation
Next Letter
1st
G, K, O, S
$+4$
S (19) $+ 4 = 23 \Rightarrow$ W
W
2nd
T, W, Z, C
$+3$ (wrap-around)
C (3) $+ 3 = 6 \Rightarrow$ F
F
3rd
C, E, G, I
$+2$
I (9) $+ 2 = 11 \Rightarrow$ K
K
4th
L, M, N, O
$+1$
O (15) $+ 1 = 16 \Rightarrow$ P
P
Additional Information: Reasoning in Letter Series
Letter series questions are a common type of logical reasoning problem. They test your ability to identify patterns in sequences of letters. These patterns can be based on:
Alphabetical Position: Adding or subtracting a fixed number from the letter's position (like A=1, B=2, ... Z=26).
Consecutive Letters: Using letters that are next to each other in the alphabet.
Skipping Letters: Skipping a fixed number of letters between terms.
Combination of Patterns: Different patterns applied to different positions within a cluster, as seen in this problem.
Reverse Alphabetical Order: Patterns moving backward through the alphabet.
Solving these requires careful observation and breaking down the problem into smaller parts, analyzing each letter's progression independently before combining the results.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 10archived
Looking at a photograph, Reema says, “This boy’s father is the father of my daughter”. How is the boy related to Reema’s daughter?
- A
Father’s brother
- B
Father
- C
Brother
- D
Son
Show answer
C. BrotherUnderstanding the Blood Relation Problem
The question asks us to determine the relationship between a boy shown in a photograph and Reema's daughter. This determination is based on a statement made by Reema herself.
Reema's statement is:
"This boy’s father is the father of my daughter"
To solve this blood relation puzzle, we need to carefully analyze Reema's statement part by part.
Breaking Down Reema's Statement
Let's take the statement and figure out what each part means in terms of family relationships:
The statement involves "my daughter". Reema is speaking, so "my daughter" refers to Reema's daughter.
The statement mentions "the father of my daughter". Who is the father of Reema's daughter? Since Reema is the mother of her daughter, the father of her daughter must be Reema's husband.
Now, let's look at the other part of the statement: "This boy’s father".
The complete statement says, "This boy’s father is [the father of my daughter]".
Substituting our understanding from step 2, the statement becomes: "This boy’s father is Reema's husband".
So, we now know that the father of the boy in the photograph is Reema's husband.
Connecting the Relationships
We have established two key facts:
The boy's father is Reema's husband.
Reema is the wife of her husband (and mother of her daughter).
If the boy's father is Reema's husband, and Reema is the wife of her husband, then Reema is the mother of the boy. This means the boy is the son of Reema and her husband.
Determining the Relationship to Reema's Daughter
Now we know:
The boy in the photograph is Reema's son.
The question asks for the boy's relationship to Reema's daughter.
Since the boy is Reema's son and the other person is Reema's daughter, they are siblings who share the same parents (Reema and her husband). Therefore, the boy is the brother of Reema's daughter.
Evaluating the Options
Let's check our conclusion against the given options:
OptionDeductionCorrect?
Father’s brotherThis would mean the boy is the daughter's uncle. Our analysis shows he is the brother.No
FatherThis would mean the boy is the daughter's father. This is not possible as they are both children of Reema and her husband.No
BrotherThis aligns with our deduction that the boy is the brother of Reema's daughter.Yes
SonThe boy is Reema's son, but the question asks his relationship *to the daughter*, not to Reema. His relationship to the daughter is brother.No
Our analysis clearly indicates that the boy is the brother of Reema's daughter.
Conclusion: The Boy is the Daughter's Brother
Based on Reema's statement and careful step-by-step deduction, the boy in the photograph is the brother of Reema's daughter.
Revision Table: Key Blood Relations
RelationshipDescription
SiblingA brother or sister.
BrotherA male sibling.
SisterA female sibling.
ParentA father or mother.
ChildA son or daughter.
HusbandA male spouse.
WifeA female spouse.
Additional Information: Approaching Blood Relation Questions
Blood relation questions are common in reasoning sections of exams. They test your ability to interpret complex relationships.
Read Carefully: Pay close attention to the speaker and the exact wording of the statement.
Break it Down: Split long or complex sentences into smaller, manageable parts. Identify the known relationships first.
Identify the Core Relation: Look for phrases like "father of my father" (grandfather), "son of my wife" (my son), etc.
Visualize: Mentally (or on paper) create a simple family tree diagram based on the established facts. Use symbols for male, female, marriage, and sibling connections.
Work Towards the Goal: Connect the relationships step-by-step until you link the two individuals whose relationship is asked.
Check Options: Evaluate how each option fits with your derived relationship to confirm your answer.
Practicing different types of blood relation problems will help you become faster and more accurate.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 11archived
Select the correct mirror image of the given figure when the mirror is placed at MN as shown below.

- A
Option A (shown in image)
- B
Option B (shown in image)
- C
Option C (shown in image)
- D
Option D (shown in image)
Show answer
Question 12archived
Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which three are alike in some manner and one is different. Select the odd letter-cluster.
- A
EILN
- B
AEHJ
- C
MOQX
- D
RVYA
Show answer
C. MOQXSolving Letter Cluster Reasoning Problems
In this type of reasoning question, we are given a set of letter clusters, and we need to identify the one that does not follow the same pattern as the others. To solve this, we usually look at the positions of the letters in the English alphabet and find the relationship or pattern between them within each cluster.
Analyzing the Given Letter Clusters
Let's list the numerical positions of the letters in each cluster:
EILN: E is the 5th letter, I is the 9th, L is the 12th, N is the 14th.
AEHJ: A is the 1st letter, E is the 5th, H is the 8th, J is the 10th.
MOQX: M is the 13th letter, O is the 15th, Q is the 17th, X is the 24th.
RVYA: R is the 18th letter, V is the 22nd, Y is the 25th, A is the 1st (or 27th if considering wrap-around from Z).
Calculating Differences Between Letter Positions
Now, let's find the difference in alphabetical position between consecutive letters within each cluster:
Letter Cluster
Letter Positions
Differences
Pattern
EILN
5, 9, 12, 14
9 - 5 = 4, 12 - 9 = 3, 14 - 12 = 2
+4, +3, +2
AEHJ
1, 5, 8, 10
5 - 1 = 4, 8 - 5 = 3, 10 - 8 = 2
+4, +3, +2
MOQX
13, 15, 17, 24
15 - 13 = 2, 17 - 15 = 2, 24 - 17 = 7
+2, +2, +7
RVYA
18, 22, 25, 27 (A after Z)
22 - 18 = 4, 25 - 22 = 3, 27 - 25 = 2
+4, +3, +2
Identifying the Odd Letter Cluster Pattern
Looking at the patterns of differences:
EILN shows a pattern of adding 4, then 3, then 2 to the position of the previous letter.
AEHJ shows a pattern of adding 4, then 3, then 2 to the position of the previous letter.
MOQX shows a pattern of adding 2, then 2, then 7 to the position of the previous letter.
RVYA shows a pattern of adding 4, then 3, then 2 to the position of the previous letter (considering A as 27 after Z).
Three of the letter clusters (EILN, AEHJ, and RVYA) follow the same pattern of differences (+4, +3, +2). The letter cluster MOQX follows a different pattern of differences (+2, +2, +7).
Conclusion: Selecting the Odd Letter Cluster
Based on the analysis of the patterns within each letter cluster, MOQX is the one that is different from the others because the differences between consecutive letter positions do not follow the same +4, +3, +2 sequence found in EILN, AEHJ, and RVYA.
Revision Table: Letter Cluster Patterns
Cluster
Letter Positions
Pattern (Differences)
EILN
5, 9, 12, 14
+4, +3, +2
AEHJ
1, 5, 8, 10
+4, +3, +2
MOQX
13, 15, 17, 24
+2, +2, +7
RVYA
18, 22, 25, 27
+4, +3, +2
Additional Information: Letter Series Reasoning
Letter series and letter cluster reasoning are common types of questions in logical reasoning. They test your ability to identify patterns based on the alphabetical order and positions of letters. Here are some common patterns to look for:
Alphabetical Position: The numerical position of each letter (A=1, B=2, ... Z=26).
Differences/Sums: Consistent differences or sums between consecutive letters' positions.
Alternating Patterns: Patterns that alternate between different rules.
Skip Letter Patterns: Skipping a fixed number of letters between consecutive letters.
Vowel/Consonant Patterns: Patterns based on whether letters are vowels or consonants.
Reverse Alphabetical Order: Considering the alphabet backwards (Z=1, Y=2, ... A=26).
Solving these questions requires practice and familiarity with the English alphabet's structure and positions.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 13archived
Select the correct combination of mathematical signs to sequentially replace the * signs and balance the given equation.
76 * 4 * 26 * 13 * 9 * 62
- A
−, +, ÷, ×, =
- B
+, ÷, ×, −, =
- C
+, −, ÷, ×, =
- D
÷, −, +, ×, =
Show answer
C. +, −, ÷, ×, =Understanding the Equation Balancing Problem
The goal is to select the correct combination of mathematical signs from the given options to replace the asterisks (*) in the expression \(76 * 4 * 26 * 13 * 9 * 62\) such that the equation is balanced. This means the value of the expression on the left side must equal the value on the right side (62) after applying the signs.
Applying the Order of Operations (BODMAS/PEMDAS)
To evaluate the expression correctly, we must follow the standard order of operations, often remembered by acronyms like BODMAS or PEMDAS:
B/P: Brackets or Parentheses
O/E: Orders (powers, square roots, etc.) or Exponents
DM: Division and Multiplication (performed from left to right)
AS: Addition and Subtraction (performed from left to right)
We will apply this rule strictly while checking each option.
Testing the Combinations of Mathematical Signs
Let's substitute the signs from each option into the expression and evaluate it.
Option 1: −, +, ÷, ×, =
Equation: \(76 - 4 + 26 \div 13 \times 9 = 62\)
Evaluation using BODMAS:
Perform Division: \(26 \div 13 = 2\). The equation becomes \(76 - 4 + 2 \times 9 = 62\).
Perform Multiplication: \(2 \times 9 = 18\). The equation becomes \(76 - 4 + 18 = 62\).
Perform Subtraction and Addition from left to right: \(76 - 4 = 72\). Then \(72 + 18 = 90\).
The equation becomes \(90 = 62\), which is false. This combination does not balance the equation.
Option 2: +, ÷, ×, −, =
Equation: \(76 + 4 \div 26 \times 13 - 9 = 62\)
Evaluation using BODMAS:
Perform Division: \(4 \div 26 = \frac{4}{26} = \frac{2}{13}\). The equation becomes \(76 + \frac{2}{13} \times 13 - 9 = 62\).
Perform Multiplication: \(\frac{2}{13} \times 13 = 2\). The equation becomes \(76 + 2 - 9 = 62\).
Perform Addition and Subtraction from left to right: \(76 + 2 = 78\). Then \(78 - 9 = 69\).
The equation becomes \(69 = 62\), which is false. This combination does not balance the equation.
Option 3: +, −, ÷, ×, =
Equation: \(76 + 4 - 26 \div 13 \times 9 = 62\)
Let's evaluate this step-by-step using BODMAS:
Step 1: Division
First, we perform the division: \(26 \div 13 = 2\).
The expression is now \(76 + 4 - 2 \times 9 = 62\).
Step 2: Multiplication
Next, we perform the multiplication: \(2 \times 9 = 18\).
The expression is now \(76 + 4 - 18 = 62\).
Step 3: Addition and Subtraction (from left to right)
Finally, perform addition and subtraction from left to right.
Addition: \(76 + 4 = 80\).
The expression is now \(80 - 18 = 62\).
Subtraction: \(80 - 18 = 62\).
The left side evaluates to 62. The equation becomes \(62 = 62\), which is true. This combination of mathematical signs balances the equation.
Option 4: ÷, −, +, ×, =
Equation: \(76 \div 4 - 26 + 13 \times 9 = 62\)
Evaluation using BODMAS:
Perform Division: \(76 \div 4 = 19\). The equation becomes \(19 - 26 + 13 \times 9 = 62\).
Perform Multiplication: \(13 \times 9 = 117\). The equation becomes \(19 - 26 + 117 = 62\).
Perform Subtraction and Addition from left to right: \(19 - 26 = -7\). Then \(-7 + 117 = 110\).
The equation becomes \(110 = 62\), which is false. This combination does not balance the equation.
Conclusion on Balancing the Equation
After testing all the given options and correctly applying the order of operations (BODMAS/PEMDAS), we found that only the combination of mathematical signs from Option 3 results in a balanced equation.
The correct sequence of signs to balance \(76 * 4 * 26 * 13 * 9 * 62\) is +, −, ÷, ×, =.
Revision Table: Basic Mathematical Signs
Sign
Meaning
Operation
+
Plus
Addition
−
Minus
Subtraction
×
Multiply
Multiplication
÷
Divide
Division
=
Equals
Equality (Balance)
Additional Information: Solving Equation Balancing Problems
Equation balancing problems that involve replacing symbols with mathematical signs are common in logical reasoning and quantitative aptitude tests. These questions test your understanding of basic arithmetic operations and the correct order in which they should be performed. Always remember to follow the BODMAS/PEMDAS rule to avoid errors in calculation. For problems with multiple options, systematically testing each option is the most reliable approach, performing calculations carefully at each step.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 14archived
Select the figure from the options that can replace the question mark (?) and complete the given pattern.

- A
Option A (shown in image)
- B
Option B (shown in image)
- C
Option C (shown in image)
- D
Option D (shown in image)
Show answer
Question 15archived
Which of the following interchanges of signs would make the given equation correct?
1000 - 448 + 14 ÷ 15 × 2 = 998
- A
+ and ÷
- B
× and ÷
- C
and +
- D
÷ and -
Show answer
A. + and ÷Finding the Correct Sign Interchange in the Equation
The problem asks us to find which interchange of two mathematical signs will make the given equation correct. The original equation is:
\(1000 - 448 + 14 \div 15 \times 2 = 998\)
We need to test each option by swapping the specified signs and then evaluating the resulting expression using the correct order of operations (BODMAS/PEMDAS) to see if it equals 998.
Let's examine each option:
Option 1: Interchange + and ÷
If we interchange the '+' and '÷' signs, the equation becomes:
\(1000 - 448 \div 14 + 15 \times 2\)
Now, let's evaluate this expression following the order of operations:
Division: \(448 \div 14 = 32\)
Multiplication: \(15 \times 2 = 30\)
The expression becomes: \(1000 - 32 + 30\)
Subtraction: \(1000 - 32 = 968\)
Addition: \(968 + 30 = 998\)
The result, 998, matches the right side of the original equation. Therefore, interchanging '+' and '÷' makes the equation correct.
Option 2: Interchange × and ÷
If we interchange the '×' and '÷' signs, the equation becomes:
\(1000 - 448 + 14 \times 15 \div 2\)
Evaluating this expression:
Multiplication: \(14 \times 15 = 210\)
Division: \(210 \div 2 = 105\)
The expression becomes: \(1000 - 448 + 105\)
Subtraction: \(1000 - 448 = 552\)
Addition: \(552 + 105 = 657\)
The result, 657, does not match 998. So, this interchange is incorrect.
Option 3: Interchange - and +
If we interchange the '-' and '+' signs, the equation becomes:
\(1000 + 448 - 14 \div 15 \times 2\)
Evaluating this expression:
Division: \(14 \div 15 = \frac{14}{15}\)
Multiplication: \(\frac{14}{15} \times 2 = \frac{28}{15}\)
The expression becomes: \(1000 + 448 - \frac{28}{15}\)
Addition: \(1000 + 448 = 1448\)
Subtraction: \(1448 - \frac{28}{15} = 1448 - 1.866... = 1446.133...\)
The result does not match 998. So, this interchange is incorrect.
Option 4: Interchange ÷ and -
If we interchange the '÷' and '-' signs, the equation becomes:
\(1000 \div 448 + 14 - 15 \times 2\)
Evaluating this expression:
Division: \(1000 \div 448 = \frac{1000}{448} = \frac{125}{56} \approx 2.23\)
Multiplication: \(15 \times 2 = 30\)
The expression becomes: \(\frac{125}{56} + 14 - 30\)
Addition: \(\frac{125}{56} + 14 \approx 2.23 + 14 = 16.23\)
Subtraction: \(16.23 - 30 = -13.77\)
The result does not match 998. So, this interchange is incorrect.
Based on the evaluation of each option, the interchange of '+' and '÷' is the only one that makes the equation correct.
Option
Signs Interchanged
New Equation
Calculated Value
Correct?
1
+ and ÷
\(1000 - 448 \div 14 + 15 \times 2\)
998
Yes
2
× and ÷
\(1000 - 448 + 14 \times 15 \div 2\)
657
No
3
- and +
\(1000 + 448 - 14 \div 15 \times 2\)
\(1446.133...\)
No
4
÷ and -
\(1000 \div 448 + 14 - 15 \times 2\)
\(-13.77...\)
No
Revision Table: Understanding Sign Interchanges
Sign interchange problems are common in logical reasoning and quantitative aptitude sections of exams. They test your ability to manipulate equations and apply the correct order of mathematical operations.
The core idea is to systematically try each given interchange.
For each interchange, rewrite the equation with the signs swapped.
Evaluate the new equation using BODMAS/PEMDAS (Brackets, Orders, Division/Multiplication, Addition/Subtraction).
Check if the result matches the target value on the right side of the equation.
Additional Information: BODMAS/PEMDAS Order of Operations
When evaluating mathematical expressions, it's crucial to follow a specific order to get the correct result. This order is commonly known as BODMAS or PEMDAS.
BODMAS: Brackets, Orders (powers/roots), Division and Multiplication (from left to right), Addition and Subtraction (from left to right).
PEMDAS: Parentheses, Exponents, Multiplication and Division (from left to right), Addition and Subtraction (from left to right).
Both acronyms represent the same order of operations. Division and Multiplication have the same priority, and you perform them from left to right as they appear in the expression. Similarly, Addition and Subtraction have the same priority and are performed from left to right.
In this problem, we used division and multiplication before addition and subtraction when evaluating the modified equations.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 16archived
Which two signs and two numbers should be interchanged in the following equation to make it correct?
15 ÷ 80 - 34 + 10 × 8 = 102
- A
10, 80, ÷, -
- B
15, 34, -, ×
- C
34, 15, +, ÷
- D
10, 34, ÷, ×
Show answer
C. 34, 15, +, ÷The problem asks us to find which two signs and which two numbers need to be swapped in the given equation to make it mathematically correct. The original equation is:
\(15 \div 80 - 34 + 10 \times 8 = 102\)
We need to test the interchanges suggested in the options to see which one results in a true equation.
Let's analyze the options by performing the suggested interchanges one by one and then evaluating the resulting equation using the order of operations (BODMAS/PEMDAS: Brackets, Orders (powers/roots), Division and Multiplication (from left to right), Addition and Subtraction (from left to right)).
Solving Equation by Interchanging Signs and Numbers
We will check the option that proposes swapping 34 with 15 and the '+' sign with the '\(\div\)' sign.
Original equation: \(15 \div 80 - 34 + 10 \times 8 = 102\)
Interchange 34 \(\leftrightarrow\) 15
Interchange + \(\leftrightarrow\) \(\div\)
Applying these changes to the original equation:
The first number 15 becomes 34.
The first sign \(\div\) becomes +.
The number 80 remains 80.
The sign - remains -.
The number 34 becomes 15.
The sign + becomes \(\div\).
The number 10 remains 10.
The sign \(\times\) remains \(\times\).
The number 8 remains 8.
The new equation after these interchanges is:
\(34 + 80 - 15 \div 10 \times 8\)
The right side of the original equation is 102. So, we need to check if \(34 + 80 - 15 \div 10 \times 8\) equals 102.
Evaluating the Modified Equation Step-by-Step
Let's evaluate the expression \(34 + 80 - 15 \div 10 \times 8\) following the BODMAS/PEMDAS rules:
First, perform Division and Multiplication from left to right.
Division: \(15 \div 10 = 1.5\)
The expression becomes: \(34 + 80 - 1.5 \times 8\)
Multiplication: \(1.5 \times 8 = 12\)
The expression becomes: \(34 + 80 - 12\)
Next, perform Addition and Subtraction from left to right.
Addition: \(34 + 80 = 114\)
The expression becomes: \(114 - 12\)
Subtraction: \(114 - 12 = 102\)
So, the left side of the modified equation is 102. The right side is also 102.
\(102 = 102\)
This shows that the equation becomes correct when 34 is interchanged with 15, and the '+' sign is interchanged with the '\(\div\)' sign.
Checking Other Options (for completeness)
While we found the correct interchange, let's briefly consider why other options might not work. For example, interchanging \(\div\) and - might introduce division by a smaller number later or make the numbers inconvenient, while interchanging multiplication and division might drastically change the value. It's crucial to perform the step-by-step calculation for each option to be certain.
Let's summarize the interchange that worked:
Element Type
Original
Interchanged With
Result After Swap
Number
15
34
34
Number
34
15
15
Sign
\(\div\)
+
+
Sign
+
\(\div\)
\(\div\)
Remaining Number
80
-
80
Remaining Sign
-
-
-
Remaining Number
10
-
10
Remaining Sign
\(\times\)
-
\(\times\)
Remaining Number
8
-
8
Original equation: \(15 \div 80 - 34 + 10 \times 8 = 102\)
Modified equation: \(34 + 80 - 15 \div 10 \times 8 = 102\)
Evaluation: \(34 + 80 - (15 \div 10) \times 8 = 34 + 80 - 1.5 \times 8 = 34 + 80 - 12 = 114 - 12 = 102\)
Since \(102 = 102\), the equation is correct with these interchanges.
Revision Table: Equation Interchange Summary
Original Equation Part
Proposed Interchange
New Equation Part
15
Swap with 34
34
\(\div\)
Swap with +
+
80
(No change)
80
-
(No change)
-
34
Swap with 15
15
+
Swap with \(\div\)
\(\div\)
10
(No change)
10
\(\times\)
(No change)
\(\times\)
8
(No change)
8
Additional Information: Order of Operations in Math
The order of operations is a set of rules that tells us the sequence in which to perform mathematical operations in an expression. A common acronym used to remember this order is BODMAS or PEMDAS.
BODMAS: Brackets, Orders (powers, roots), Division and Multiplication (from left to right), Addition and Subtraction (from left to right).
PEMDAS: Parentheses, Exponents, Multiplication and Division (from left to right), Addition and Subtraction (from left to right).
In this problem, we used Division and Multiplication before Addition and Subtraction, working from left to right for operations at the same level (like division and multiplication).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 17archived
Select the set in which the numbers are related in the same way as are the numbers of the given set.
(NOTE : Operations should be performed on the whole numbers, without breaking down the numbers into its constituent digits. E.g. 13 - Operations on 13 such as adding/subtracting/multiplying etc. to 13 can be performed. Breaking down 13 into 1 and 3 and then performing mathematical operations on 1 and 3 is not allowed.)
(4, 81, 5)
(3, 144, 9)
- A
(2, 100, 8)
- B
(2, 256, 8)
- C
(2, 64, 8)
- D
(2, 80, 8)
Show answer
A. (2, 100, 8)Understanding Number Analogy and Relationships
This question asks us to identify a set of numbers that shares the same mathematical relationship as the two given sets: (4, 81, 5) and (3, 144, 9). The key is to find the pattern or rule connecting the three numbers within each set, treating them as whole numbers.
Analyzing the Given Sets
Let's look closely at the provided sets:
Set 1: (4, 81, 5)
Set 2: (3, 144, 9)
We need to discover how the first number, the second number, and the third number are related in both sets.
Let's try combining the first and third numbers in some way (add, subtract, multiply, etc.) and see if it relates to the second number.
Consider Set 1 (4, 81, 5):
Sum of first and third: \( 4 + 5 = 9 \)
Square of the sum: \( 9^2 = 81 \)
The square of the sum of the first and third numbers equals the second number. Let's test this rule on Set 2.
Consider Set 2 (3, 144, 9):
Sum of first and third: \( 3 + 9 = 12 \)
Square of the sum: \( 12^2 = 144 \)
The rule holds for the second set as well. The relationship is that the second number is the square of the sum of the first and third numbers.
The rule can be expressed as: \( (\text{First Number} + \text{Third Number})^2 = \text{Second Number} \)
Applying the Rule to Options
Now, we will check each option to see which set follows this rule.
Let's represent the numbers in each option as (a, b, c), where 'a' is the first number, 'b' is the second, and 'c' is the third.
We will calculate \( (a+c)^2 \) for each option and compare it with 'b'.
Option
Set (a, b, c)
Calculate \( (a+c)^2 \)
Does \( (a+c)^2 = b \)?
1
(2, 100, 8)
\( (2+8)^2 = 10^2 = 100 \)
Yes, \( 100 = 100 \)
2
(2, 256, 8)
\( (2+8)^2 = 10^2 = 100 \)
No, \( 100 \neq 256 \)
3
(2, 64, 8)
\( (2+8)^2 = 10^2 = 100 \)
No, \( 100 \neq 64 \)
4
(2, 80, 8)
\( (2+8)^2 = 10^2 = 100 \)
No, \( 100 \neq 80 \)
Identifying the Correct Set
From the analysis above, only Option 1, the set (2, 100, 8), satisfies the established rule \( (a+c)^2 = b \). The sum of the first number (2) and the third number (8) is 10, and the square of 10 is 100, which is the second number in the set.
Conclusion
The set of numbers (2, 100, 8) is related in the same way as the given sets (4, 81, 5) and (3, 144, 9), following the rule where the second number is the square of the sum of the first and third numbers.
Revision Table: Number Analogy Review
Concept
Explanation
Example Applied to Question
Number Analogy
Finding the relationship/pattern between numbers in a set or between sets.
Identifying the \( (a+c)^2 = b \) pattern in (4, 81, 5) and (3, 144, 9).
Identifying Relationship
Testing various mathematical operations (sum, difference, product, division, square, cube, etc.).
Trying \( a+c \), \( a \times c \), \( a-c \), \( a^2 \), \( c^2 \), \( (a+c)^2 \), etc.
Applying the Rule
Using the identified pattern to test other sets or options.
Checking if \( (a+c)^2 = b \) holds for options like (2, 100, 8).
Additional Information: Solving Number Pattern Questions
Solving number pattern and analogy questions often involves logical reasoning and testing common mathematical relationships. Here are some tips:
Look for relationships between adjacent numbers or between the first/last numbers and the middle number.
Consider basic operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication, division.
Check for squares, cubes, square roots, or cube roots.
Look for patterns involving sums, differences, or products of numbers within the set.
Sometimes, the relationship might involve sequences or arithmetic/geometric progressions, though less common in simple three-number sets like this.
Practice with various types of number analogy questions to become familiar with common patterns.
Always test the identified rule on all the given examples to confirm its validity before applying it to the options.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 18archived
The second number in the given number-pairs is obtained by performing certain mathematical operation(s) on the first number. The same operation(s) is/are followed in all the number-pairs, except one. Find that odd number-pair.
- A
24 : 169
- B
12 : 49
- C
48 : 625
- D
36 : 365
Show answer
D. 36 : 365Finding the Odd Number Pair Using Mathematical Logic
The question asks us to identify the number pair that does not follow the same mathematical operation or set of operations as the other pairs. We are given four number pairs, where the second number is derived from the first number using a consistent rule for three of the pairs.
Analyzing the Given Number Pairs
Let's look closely at the given options:
24 : 169
12 : 49
48 : 625
36 : 365
We need to find a relationship between the first number and the second number in each pair. Let's examine the second numbers: 169, 49, 625, and 365.
169 is a perfect square: $169 = 13^2$.
49 is a perfect square: $49 = 7^2$.
625 is a perfect square: $625 = 25^2$.
365 is not a perfect square.
This observation suggests that the rule might involve squaring a number derived from the first number. Let's investigate how the bases of the squares (13, 7, 25) relate to the corresponding first numbers (24, 12, 48).
Identifying the Mathematical Rule
Let the first number be $N_1$ and the second number be $N_2$. Based on our analysis of the perfect squares, it seems $N_2$ is the square of some value related to $N_1$. Let's test potential relationships between $N_1$ and the base of the square ($B$) for the first three pairs:
For 24 : 169, $N_1 = 24$, $N_2 = 169 = 13^2$. The base is $B = 13$. How can we get 13 from 24?
$24 / 2 = 12$. $12 + 1 = 13$. Let's check this pattern.
For 12 : 49, $N_1 = 12$, $N_2 = 49 = 7^2$. The base is $B = 7$. Using the potential pattern:
$12 / 2 = 6$. $6 + 1 = 7$. This matches the base. Let's square it: $(7)^2 = 49$. This matches the second number.
For 48 : 625, $N_1 = 48$, $N_2 = 625 = 25^2$. The base is $B = 25$. Using the potential pattern:
$48 / 2 = 24$. $24 + 1 = 25$. This matches the base. Let's square it: $(25)^2 = 625$. This matches the second number.
The pattern that emerges is: Take the first number ($N_1$), divide it by 2, add 1, and then square the result to get the second number ($N_2$). Mathematically, the rule is $N_2 = \left(\frac{N_1}{2} + 1\right)^2$.
Testing the Rule on All Pairs
Let's apply this rule to all four number pairs:
First Number ($N_1$)
Calculation $\left(\frac{N_1}{2} + 1\right)^2$
Expected Second Number ($N_2$)
Given Second Number
Follows Rule?
24
$\left(\frac{24}{2} + 1\right)^2 = (12 + 1)^2 = 13^2$
169
169
Yes
12
$\left(\frac{12}{2} + 1\right)^2 = (6 + 1)^2 = 7^2$
49
49
Yes
48
$\left(\frac{48}{2} + 1\right)^2 = (24 + 1)^2 = 25^2$
625
625
Yes
36
$\left(\frac{36}{2} + 1\right)^2 = (18 + 1)^2 = 19^2$
361
365
No
As shown in the table, the first three number pairs (24 : 169, 12 : 49, and 48 : 625) follow the rule $\left(\frac{N_1}{2} + 1\right)^2 = N_2$. However, the fourth pair (36 : 365) does not follow this rule, as $\left(\frac{36}{2} + 1\right)^2 = 19^2 = 361$, which is not equal to 365.
Conclusion
The number pair that does not follow the same mathematical operation as the others is 36 : 365. This is the odd number-pair.
The final answer is the number pair 36 : 365.
Revision Table: Number Pair Logic
Concept
Description
Application in Problem
Pattern Recognition
Identifying repeating sequences or relationships in data.
Discovering the rule relating the first and second numbers in the pairs.
Mathematical Operations
Performing arithmetic operations like division, addition, and squaring.
Using the rule $\left(\frac{N_1}{2} + 1\right)^2$ to test each pair.
Odd One Out
Identifying the item in a group that is different from the others based on a certain characteristic or rule.
Finding the number pair that doesn't fit the established mathematical rule.
Additional Information: Solving Logic-Based Number Problems
Problems involving finding patterns in number pairs or series are common in logical reasoning and quantitative aptitude tests. Here are some tips for solving such problems:
Look for simple arithmetic operations: Addition, subtraction, multiplication, division. Is there a constant difference or ratio?
Consider squares and cubes: Many patterns involve squaring or cubing numbers, or adding/subtracting from squares/cubes.
Check for relationships involving digits: Sometimes the operation is on the digits of the number (e.g., sum of digits, product of digits).
Look for sequences: Fibonacci sequence, prime numbers, etc., might be involved.
Test potential rules systematically: Once you hypothesize a rule, apply it to all given examples to see if it holds true.
Eliminate options: If a rule works for several options, test the remaining options to find the one that breaks the rule.
Practice with various types of number pattern problems will help you become quicker at spotting the underlying logic.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 19archived
Three statements are followed by three conclusions numbered I, II and III. You have to consider these statements to be true, even if they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts. Decide which of the given conclusions logically follow(s) from the given statements.
Statements:
All tools are spanners.
Some spanners are utensils.
No spanner is an iron.
Conclusions:
(I) Some tools are irons.
(II) Some utensils are tools.
(III) Some utensils are not iron.
- A
Only conclusion III follows
- B
All conclusions I, II and III follow
- C
Only conclusion I follows
- D
Either conclusion I or conclusion III follows
Show answer
A. Only conclusion III followsSolving Syllogism Statements and Conclusions
This question asks us to analyze three statements and determine which of the given conclusions logically follow from them. We must assume the statements are true, even if they contradict common knowledge. This type of problem is known as a syllogism, a form of deductive reasoning.
Understanding the Statements
Let's break down the given statements:
Statement 1: All tools are spanners. (Relationship: Tools → Spanners. All members of the 'tools' category are also members of the 'spanners' category.)
Statement 2: Some spanners are utensils. (Relationship: Spanners ↔ Utensils. There is at least one spanner that is a utensil, and at least one utensil that is a spanner. Note: This also implies some spanners may *not* be utensils, and some utensils may *not* be spanners, but we only know for sure about the overlap.)
Statement 3: No spanner is an iron. (Relationship: Spanners ↔ Iron. There is absolutely no overlap between the 'spanners' category and the 'iron' category.)
Analyzing Conclusions Using Statements
We will now evaluate each conclusion based on the provided statements.
Conclusion I: Some tools are irons.
Let's look at the statements relevant to Tools and Irons:
Statement 1: All tools are spanners.
Statement 3: No spanner is an iron.
Since all tools are contained within the category of spanners (Statement 1), and the category of spanners has no overlap whatsoever with the category of irons (Statement 3), it logically follows that the category of tools also has no overlap with the category of irons. If no spanner is iron, and every tool is a spanner, then no tool can be an iron.
Therefore, the conclusion "Some tools are irons" contradicts the logical deduction from the statements. This conclusion does not follow.
Conclusion II: Some utensils are tools.
Let's look at the statements relevant to Utensils and Tools:
Statement 1: All tools are spanners.
Statement 2: Some spanners are utensils.
Statement 2 tells us there is an overlap between Spanners and Utensils. Statement 1 tells us that the 'Tools' category is a subset of the 'Spanners' category. The 'some spanners' that are utensils (from Statement 2) could be spanners that are *not* tools, or they could be spanners that *are* tools, or a combination. From the statements alone, we cannot definitively say that the overlapping group of 'spanners that are utensils' includes any tools. The 'some spanners' could be entirely outside the 'Tools' circle within the 'Spanners' circle.
Therefore, we cannot logically conclude that "Some utensils are tools" from the given statements. This conclusion does not follow.
Conclusion III: Some utensils are not iron.
Let's look at the statements relevant to Utensils and Irons:
Statement 2: Some spanners are utensils.
Statement 3: No spanner is an iron.
Statement 2 tells us there is a group of items that are both spanners and utensils. Let's call this group X. So, X consists of items that are "spanners which are utensils".
Statement 3 tells us that "No spanner is an iron". This means anything that is a spanner cannot be an iron.
Since the group X consists of spanners (as they are "spanners which are utensils"), and we know that no spanner is an iron, it must be true that the items in group X (the utensils that are spanners) are not iron.
Thus, there exists a group of utensils (those that are also spanners) that are not iron. Therefore, the conclusion "Some utensils are not iron" logically follows from the statements.
Summary of Conclusions
Based on the analysis:
Conclusion I: Some tools are irons. - Does not follow.
Conclusion II: Some utensils are tools. - Does not follow.
Conclusion III: Some utensils are not iron. - Follows.
Only conclusion III logically follows from the given statements.
Statement
Type
Relationship
All tools are spanners.
Universal Affirmative (A)
Tools → Spanners
Some spanners are utensils.
Particular Affirmative (I)
Spanners ↔ Utensils (Partial Overlap)
No spanner is an iron.
Universal Negative (E)
Spanners ↔ Iron (No Overlap)
Conclusion
Analysis
Follows?
(I) Some tools are irons.
Tools are subset of Spanners; Spanners are separate from Irons. Thus, Tools are separate from Irons.
No
(II) Some utensils are tools.
Some Spanners are Utensils; Tools are subset of Spanners. The Utensils-Spanners overlap might be outside Tools area.
No
(III) Some utensils are not iron.
Some Utensils are Spanners; No Spanner is Iron. The Utensils that are Spanners cannot be Iron.
Yes
Revision Table: Key Concepts in Syllogism
Term
Explanation
Statement
A premise providing a relationship between categories.
Conclusion
A deduction derived from the statements.
Syllogism
A type of logical argument where a conclusion is inferred from two or more statements (premises).
Follows Logically
The conclusion must be true if the statements are true.
Universal Affirmative (All A are B)
Every member of category A is a member of category B.
Particular Affirmative (Some A are B)
At least one member of category A is a member of category B.
Universal Negative (No A are B)
No member of category A is a member of category B.
Particular Negative (Some A are not B)
At least one member of category A is not a member of category B.
Additional Information: Syllogism Solving Methods
Syllogism problems can often be solved using different methods, such as Venn Diagrams or rules of logic. Both methods aim to determine the validity of conclusions based on the given statements.
Venn Diagram Method
This method involves drawing overlapping circles to represent the categories mentioned in the statements. The relationships described by the statements are depicted by shading or marking areas within the circles. By examining the resulting diagram, one can see which conclusions are supported.
'All A are B' → Draw circle A completely inside circle B.
'Some A are B' → Draw overlapping circles for A and B, mark the overlapping region.
'No A is B' → Draw separate circles for A and B.
For 'Some A are not B', draw overlapping circles, mark the part of A that is outside B.
Analytical Method (Using Rules)
This method uses established rules of logic regarding the combination of different types of statements (A, E, I, O) to derive valid conclusions. This method can be more formal but requires memorizing rules about subject, predicate, middle term, distribution, etc.
For example, a Universal Affirmative (A) statement like 'All tools are spanners' and a Universal Negative (E) statement like 'No spanner is iron' can lead to a Universal Negative (E) conclusion 'No tool is iron', provided the middle term ('spanner') is distributed in at least one premise. In our case, 'spanner' is the middle term and is distributed in 'No spanner is iron'. Thus, 'No tool is iron' follows, which makes 'Some tools are irons' false.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 20archived
Three statements are given followed by three conclusions numbered I, II and III. Assuming the statements to be true, even if they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts, decide which of the conclusions logically follow(s) from the statements.
Statements:
All cancers are diseases.
All tuberculosis are diseases.
All diseases are curable.
Conclusions:
I. All tuberculosis are curable.
II. Some cancers are tuberculosis.
III. All cancers are curable.
- A
Only conclusions I and II follow
- B
All conclusions follow
- C
Only conclusions II and III follow
- D
Only conclusions I and III follow
Show answer
D. Only conclusions I and III followAnalyzing Syllogism Statements and Conclusions
This question asks us to determine which of the given conclusions logically follow from the three provided statements. In syllogism problems, we assume the statements are true, even if they contradict real-world knowledge. We need to apply logical rules to see if the conclusions can be derived from the statements.
Understanding the Statements
Let's break down the given statements:
Statement 1: All cancers are diseases. (We can represent this as All A are B, where A = Cancers, B = Diseases)
Statement 2: All tuberculosis are diseases. (We can represent this as All C are B, where C = Tuberculosis, B = Diseases)
Statement 3: All diseases are curable. (We can represent this as All B are D, where B = Diseases, D = Curable)
From these statements, we see that both cancers and tuberculosis fall under the category of diseases, and all items in the category of diseases are curable.
Evaluating the Conclusions
Now, let's examine each conclusion based on the statements:
Conclusion I: All tuberculosis are curable.
This conclusion connects 'tuberculosis' and 'curable'. Let's look at the statements involving these terms:
Statement 2: All tuberculosis are diseases. (All C are B)
Statement 3: All diseases are curable. (All B are D)
We have a chain: All tuberculosis (C) are diseases (B), and All diseases (B) are curable (D). Logically, if every member of group C is in group B, and every member of group B is in group D, then every member of group C must be in group D. This follows the rule of transitivity for universal affirmative statements ($\text{All X are Y}$ and $\text{All Y are Z}$ implies $\text{All X are Z}$).
Therefore, Conclusion I logically follows from Statements 2 and 3.
Conclusion II: Some cancers are tuberculosis.
This conclusion proposes a relationship between 'cancers' and 'tuberculosis'. Let's look at the statements involving these terms:
Statement 1: All cancers are diseases. (All A are B)
Statement 2: All tuberculosis are diseases. (All C are B)
Both cancers (A) and tuberculosis (C) are stated to be subsets of diseases (B). However, the statements do not provide any information about the relationship *between* cancers and tuberculosis. They could be overlapping sets, disjoint sets, or one could be a subset of the other. Based *only* on the given statements, we cannot definitively conclude that some cancers are tuberculosis. This conclusion does not logically follow.
Conclusion III: All cancers are curable.
This conclusion connects 'cancers' and 'curable'. Let's look at the statements involving these terms:
Statement 1: All cancers are diseases. (All A are B)
Statement 3: All diseases are curable. (All B are D)
Similar to Conclusion I, we have a logical chain: All cancers (A) are diseases (B), and All diseases (B) are curable (D). Using the same transitivity rule ($\text{All X are Y}$ and $\text{All Y are Z}$ implies $\text{All X are Z}$), if every member of group A is in group B, and every member of group B is in group D, then every member of group A must be in group D.
Therefore, Conclusion III logically follows from Statements 1 and 3.
Summary of Conclusions
Conclusion
Logically Follows?
Reasoning
I. All tuberculosis are curable.
Yes
From "All tuberculosis are diseases" and "All diseases are curable".
II. Some cancers are tuberculosis.
No
Statements only say both are diseases; no direct relationship between cancers and tuberculosis is given.
III. All cancers are curable.
Yes
From "All cancers are diseases" and "All diseases are curable".
Based on our analysis, only Conclusion I and Conclusion III logically follow from the given statements.
Revision Table: Key Syllogism Rules
Rule Type
Premises
Valid Conclusion
Transitivity (AAA-1)
All A are B.
All B are C.
All A are C.
Particular Affirmative (AII-3)
All B are A.
Some B are C.
Some C are A.
Universal Negative (EAE-1)
No A are B.
All B are C.
No C are A.
The reasoning for Conclusions I and III uses a form of the Transitivity rule, where if one category is entirely contained within a second category, and the second is entirely within a third, then the first is entirely within the third. Conclusion II requires a direct link or overlap between cancers and tuberculosis which is not provided by the statements merely classifying them both as diseases.
Additional Information: Understanding Syllogisms
Syllogisms are a form of logical argument that apply deductive reasoning to arrive at a conclusion based on two or more propositions that are asserted or assumed to be true. A standard syllogism consists of three parts:
Major Premise: A general statement.
Minor Premise: A specific statement.
Conclusion: The inference drawn from the two premises.
In this problem, we have three statements acting as premises. The key is to strictly follow the information given in the statements and not rely on outside knowledge. Visual aids like Venn diagrams can sometimes help understand the relationships described by the statements, but for complex syllogisms, knowing the formal rules of logic is essential.
Valid conclusions are those that *must* be true if the statements are true. If a conclusion *might* be true, but isn't necessarily true in all possible scenarios depicted by the statements, then it is not considered logically following.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 21archived
In a certain code language, “XPDJOA” is written as “DPXAOJ” and “THBRUC” is written as “BHTCUR”. How will “GILDZM” be written in that language?
- A
LIGMZD
- B
ZDMGIL
- C
MZDLIG
- D
LGIDZM
Show answer
A. LIGMZDUnderstanding the Code Language Pattern
The question asks us to decode a word based on a specific code language where letters are rearranged. We are given two examples of words and their encoded forms. Our task is to find the pattern in these examples and apply it to a new word.
Analyzing the Given Examples
Let's look at the first example:
Original Word: XPDJOA
Encoded Word: DPXAOJ
Now, let's look at the second example:
Original Word: THBRUC
Encoded Word: BHTCUR
We need to identify how the letters in the original words are rearranged to form the encoded words.
Discovering the Encoding Pattern
Let's assign positions to the letters in the original words:
Position
1
2
3
4
5
6
XPDJOA
X
P
D
J
O
A
Now let's see the positions of these letters in the encoded word "DPXAOJ":
Encoded Word
D
P
X
A
O
J
Original Position
3
2
1
6
5
4
So, the pattern seems to be rearranging the letters from original positions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 to encoded positions 3, 2, 1, 6, 5, 4. Let's check this pattern with the second example:
Position
1
2
3
4
5
6
THBRUC
T
H
B
R
U
C
Applying the positional rearrangement 3 2 1 6 5 4:
Letter from original position 3: B
Letter from original position 2: H
Letter from original position 1: T
Letter from original position 6: C
Letter from original position 5: U
Letter from original position 4: R
Putting these together gives BHTCUR, which matches the given encoded word for THBRUC. The pattern is confirmed.
Applying the Pattern to GILDZM
Now we apply the same pattern to the word "GILDZM". First, assign positions:
Position
1
2
3
4
5
6
GILDZM
G
I
L
D
Z
M
Apply the positional rearrangement 3 2 1 6 5 4:
Letter from original position 3: L
Letter from original position 2: I
Letter from original position 1: G
Letter from original position 6: M
Letter from original position 5: Z
Letter from original position 4: D
Putting these letters in the new order gives LIGMZD.
Conclusion
Following the established code language pattern, the word "GILDZM" is encoded as "LIGMZD".
Revision Table: Code Language Pattern Analysis
Original Word
X P D J O A
(1 2 3 4 5 6)
THBRUC
(1 2 3 4 5 6)
GILDZM
(1 2 3 4 5 6)
Encoded Positions
3 2 1 6 5 4
3 2 1 6 5 4
3 2 1 6 5 4
Encoded Word
D P X A O J
B H T C U R
L I G M Z D
Additional Information: Letter Coding Concepts
This type of question is a classic example of letter coding, which falls under logical reasoning. In letter coding, words are coded according to a specific rule or pattern. Identifying this rule is key to solving the problem. Common types of letter coding patterns include:
Positional Rearrangement: Letters are rearranged within the word based on their original position.
Letter Shifting: Each letter is shifted forward or backward by a certain number of positions in the alphabet.
Opposite Letters: Letters are replaced by their corresponding letters from the opposite end of the alphabet (e.g., A-Z, B-Y).
Mixed Patterns: A combination of the above patterns.
Practicing different types of letter coding questions helps improve logical thinking and pattern recognition skills, which are important for various competitive exams.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 22archived
The sequence of folding a piece of paper and the manner in which the folded paper has been cut is shown below. Select the figure which would most closely resemble the unfolded form of the paper.


- A
Option A (shown in image)

- B
Option B (shown in image)

- C
Option C (shown in image)

- D
Option D (shown in image)

Show answer
C. Option C (shown in image)After unfolding the given paper the figure formed is as shown below :
Hence, the correct answer is "Option 3".

Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 23archived
Which of the following numbers will replace the question mark (?) in the given series?
214, 207, 193, ?, 144, 109
- A
172
- B
117
- C
175
- D
170
Show answer
A. 172Analyzing the Number Series Pattern
The given series is 214, 207, 193, ?, 144, 109.
We need to find the pattern in the series to determine the missing number. Let's look at the differences between consecutive terms:
Difference between the 1st and 2nd term: \(214 - 207 = 7\)
Difference between the 2nd and 3rd term: \(207 - 193 = 14\)
We observe that the differences are increasing. Let's examine the increase in the differences:
Increase from the first difference (7) to the second difference (14) is \(14 - 7 = 7\).
This suggests that the differences between consecutive terms are increasing by 7 each time. Let's assume this pattern continues.
The sequence of differences would be:
Difference 1: 7
Difference 2: 14
Difference 3: \(14 + 7 = 21\)
Difference 4: \(21 + 7 = 28\)
Difference 5: \(28 + 7 = 35\)
Let's apply these differences to the series to find the missing term and verify the pattern:
\(214 - 7 = 207\) (Correct)
\(207 - 14 = 193\) (Correct)
The next difference should be 21. So, the missing term is \(193 - 21 = 172\).
Let's check the next step using the calculated missing term (172) and the next expected difference (28): \(172 - 28 = 144\) (Correct)
Let's check the final step using the calculated missing term (144) and the next expected difference (35): \(144 - 35 = 109\) (Correct)
The pattern holds true. The differences between consecutive terms are 7, 14, 21, 28, and 35.
The missing number in the series is 172.
Step-by-Step Solution
Identify the differences between the known consecutive terms: \(214-207=7\) and \(207-193=14\).
Find the pattern in the differences: \(14-7=7\). The differences are increasing by 7.
Determine the next difference in the sequence: The sequence of differences is 7, 14, so the next difference is \(14+7=21\).
Apply the next difference to the last known term before the question mark: The term before the question mark is 193. Subtract the calculated difference: \(193 - 21 = 172\). This is the missing term.
Verify the pattern with the terms after the question mark: The next difference should be \(21+7=28\). Check if \(172 - 28 = 144\). Yes, it is. The next difference should be \(28+7=35\). Check if \(144 - 35 = 109\). Yes, it is.
Summary of the Series and Differences
Term
Value
Difference from Previous Term
1st
214
-
2nd
207
\(214 - 207 = 7\)
3rd
193
\(207 - 193 = 14\)
4th
172
\(193 - 172 = 21\)
5th
144
\(172 - 144 = 28\)
6th
109
\(144 - 109 = 35\)
Revision Table: Number Series Concepts
Concept
Description
Example (from this problem)
Number Series
A sequence of numbers that follows a specific pattern.
214, 207, 193, ?, 144, 109
Difference Pattern
Finding the relationship by calculating the difference between consecutive terms.
Differences are 7, 14, 21, 28, 35.
Second Difference
Finding the pattern in the differences themselves. Useful when the first differences don't show a simple arithmetic or geometric progression.
Differences of differences: \(14-7=7\), \(21-14=7\), etc. (Constant second difference).
Additional Information: Solving Number Series Problems
Solving number series problems requires identifying the underlying rule or pattern that connects the terms. Common patterns include:
Arithmetic Progression: Each term is obtained by adding or subtracting a constant value to the previous term.
Geometric Progression: Each term is obtained by multiplying or dividing the previous term by a constant value.
Difference Pattern: The differences between consecutive terms follow a pattern (e.g., arithmetic progression, increasing/decreasing sequence). This is the pattern observed in this problem.
Double Difference Pattern: The differences between the differences follow a pattern.
Squares or Cubes: Terms might be squares, cubes, or related to squares/cubes (\(n^2 \pm k\), \(n^3 \pm k\)).
Fibonacci or Similar Series: Each term is the sum of the two preceding terms, or a variation of this.
Mixed Patterns: A combination of two or more patterns (e.g., alternating addition/subtraction, different operations applied to alternate terms).
To solve series problems effectively:
Calculate the differences between consecutive terms.
If the differences don't reveal a simple pattern, calculate the differences of the differences.
Look for multiplication/division patterns if differences don't work.
Consider squares, cubes, or other known sequences.
Check for alternating patterns or combinations of rules.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 24archived
Select the option that is related to the fourth term in the same way as the first term is related to the second term and the fifth term is related to the sixth term.
17 : 4624 :: ? : 180 :: 13 : 2028
- A
4
- B
7
- C
6
- D
11
Show answer
C. 6Solving Numerical Analogy Problems
This question requires us to find the missing number in a numerical analogy. The analogy is given as:
\(17 : 4624 :: ? : 180 :: 13 : 2028\)
The notation \(A : B :: C : D\) means that A is related to B in the same way that C is related to D. In this problem, we have three pairs, and the relationship between the first two numbers in each pair is consistent across all pairs. We need to find the number that relates to 180 in the same way that 17 relates to 4624 and 13 relates to 2028.
Identifying the Numerical Pattern
Let's analyze the known pairs to discover the underlying pattern:
Pair 1: \(17\) and \(4624\)
Pair 3: \(13\) and \(2028\)
We look for a rule that connects the first number (let's call it \(n\)) to the second number in each pair. The second numbers (4624 and 2028) are significantly larger than the first numbers (17 and 13), which suggests operations involving powers or multiplication.
Let's test some common relationships for the first pair (\(17 : 4624\)):
Simple multiplication: \(4624 \div 17 = 272\).
How is 272 related to 17? Let's consider powers of 17. \(17^2 = 289\). Notice that \(272 = 289 - 17\).
This leads to a potential pattern: The second term is equal to the first term multiplied by (\(first term^2\) - first term). Let's write this using \(n\) for the first term:
Second Term = \(n \times (n^2 - n)\)
Let's simplify this expression:
\(n \times (n^2 - n) = n \times n \times (n - 1) = n^2 \times (n - 1)\)
So, the proposed pattern is: Second Term = \(First Term^2 \times (First Term - 1)\).
Now, let's verify this pattern with the given pairs:
For the first pair (\(17 : 4624\)), with \(n = 17\):
Calculate \(17^2 \times (17 - 1) = 289 \times 16\).
\(289 \times 16 = 4624\). This matches the second term.
For the third pair (\(13 : 2028\)), with \(n = 13\):
Calculate \(13^2 \times (13 - 1) = 169 \times 12\).
\(169 \times 12 = 2028\). This matches the second term.
The pattern Second Term = \(First Term^2 \times (First Term - 1)\) is consistent for both given pairs.
Applying the Pattern to Find the Missing Term
Now we apply this confirmed pattern to the second pair, which is \(? : 180\). Let the missing first term be \(x\). According to the pattern:
\(x^2 \times (x - 1) = 180\)
We need to find the value of \(x\) that satisfies this equation.
\(x^3 - x^2 = 180\)
Testing the Options
We can test each of the provided options for \(x\) to see which one satisfies the equation \(x^3 - x^2 = 180\):
Option 1: \(x = 4\)
Substitute \(x = 4\): \(4^3 - 4^2 = 64 - 16 = 48\). \(48 \neq 180\).
Option 2: \(x = 7\)
Substitute \(x = 7\): \(7^3 - 7^2 = 343 - 49 = 294\). \(294 \neq 180\).
Option 3: \(x = 6\)
Substitute \(x = 6\): \(6^3 - 6^2 = 216 - 36 = 180\). \(180 = 180\). This option works.
Option 4: \(x = 11\)
Substitute \(x = 11\): \(11^3 - 11^2 = 1331 - 121 = 1210\). \(1210 \neq 180\).
The only option that fits the pattern is \(x=6\).
Summary of the Numerical Analogy
The analogy follows the pattern: Second Term = \(First Term^2 \times (First Term - 1)\).
First Term (n)
Calculation \(n^2 \times (n-1)\)
Result
Second Term in Analogy
Matches?
17
\(17^2 \times (17-1) = 289 \times 16\)
4624
4624
Yes
6
\(6^2 \times (6-1) = 36 \times 5\)
180
180
Yes
13
\(13^2 \times (13-1) = 169 \times 12\)
2028
2028
Yes
The missing term in the analogy \(? : 180\) is 6.
Revision Table: Key Concepts in Numerical Reasoning
Concept
Description
Numerical Analogy
Relating pairs of numbers based on a consistent rule or pattern.
Pattern Identification
Finding the mathematical relationship (arithmetic, algebraic, series-based) between numbers.
Mathematical Modeling
Expressing the identified pattern as a mathematical formula or equation.
Equation Solving
Finding the unknown value that satisfies the mathematical relationship derived from the analogy.
Additional Information: Solving Numerical Analogy Questions Effectively
To efficiently solve numerical analogy problems, consider the following strategies:
Look for basic relationships first: Check for addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, squares, cubes, square roots, or cube roots.
Consider combinations: The pattern might involve multiple operations, such as multiplication followed by addition or subtraction.
Analyze the scale: If the second number is much larger or smaller than the first, powers or exponential relationships might be involved.
Examine digit properties: Sometimes the pattern relates to the digits of the numbers (e.g., sum of digits, product of digits).
Test potential patterns systematically: Once you think you've found a pattern, apply it to all given pairs to confirm its validity.
Use the options: If multiple-choice options are provided, you can often test them directly with your identified pattern or the equation derived from it.
Regular practice with different types of numerical analogies will help you recognize common patterns and develop faster problem-solving skills.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 25archived
In a certain code language, ‘SLAP’ is coded as ‘3160’ and ‘PAST’ is coded as ‘6071’. What is the code for ‘L’ in the given code language?
- A
3
- B
1
- C
6
- D
0
Show answer
A. 3Code Language Decoding: Finding the Code for 'L'
This is a classic coding-decoding question where letters are assigned numerical codes. The code for a word is formed by combining the codes of its individual letters. The key is to identify the unique code assigned to each letter.
Analyzing the Given Codes
We are given two examples of words and their corresponding codes:
Word: SLAP, Code: 3160
Word: PAST, Code: 6071
We need to find the code specifically for the letter 'L'.
Step-by-Step Deduction
Let's list the letters present in each word and the digits present in their respective codes:
Letters in SLAP: S, L, A, P
Digits in SLAP code: 3, 1, 6, 0
Letters in PAST: P, A, S, T
Digits in PAST code: 6, 0, 7, 1
Now, let's compare these sets to find unique relationships.
Step 1: Identify Letters Unique to One Word
Look for letters that appear in one word but not the other.
The letter 'L' is present in SLAP but not in PAST.
The letter 'T' is present in PAST but not in SLAP.
The letters 'S', 'A', and 'P' are present in both words.
Step 2: Identify Digits Unique to One Code
Look for digits that appear in the code of one word but not the other.
Digits in SLAP code {3, 1, 6, 0}. Digits in PAST code {6, 0, 7, 1}.
Which digit is in {3, 1, 6, 0} but not in {6, 0, 7, 1}? Let's check:
Is 3 in {6, 0, 7, 1}? No.
Is 1 in {6, 0, 7, 1}? Yes.
Is 6 in {6, 0, 7, 1}? Yes.
Is 0 in {6, 0, 7, 1}? Yes.
The only digit unique to the SLAP code's digit set is 3.
Step 3: Link Unique Letters and Digits
Since 'L' is the letter unique to SLAP (compared to PAST) and '3' is the digit unique to SLAP's code (compared to PAST's code), it logically follows that the code for 'L' is 3.
We can also check this for 'T'.
Which digit is in {6, 0, 7, 1} but not in {3, 1, 6, 0}? Let's check:
Is 6 in {3, 1, 6, 0}? Yes.
Is 0 in {3, 1, 6, 0}? Yes.
Is 7 in {3, 1, 6, 0}? No.
Is 1 in {3, 1, 6, 0}? Yes.
The only digit unique to the PAST code's digit set is 7.
Since 'T' is the letter unique to PAST and '7' is the digit unique to PAST's code, the code for 'T' is 7.
Step 4: Confirm Mapping (Partial)
We have deduced:
L ↔ 3
T ↔ 7
The remaining letters S, A, P appear in both words. The remaining digits {1, 6, 0} appear in both codes (excluding 3 and 7). This means {S, A, P} ↔ {1, 6, 0}. While we cannot uniquely determine the codes for S, A, or P with just this information, we have successfully found the code for 'L'.
Code for L
Based on our analysis, the unique letter 'L' in SLAP corresponds to the unique digit '3' in its code set when compared to PAST and its code set.
Therefore, the code for 'L' is 3.
Inferred Letter-Code Mapping
Letter
Inferred Code
L
3
T
7
S, A, P
One of {1, 6, 0}
Revision Table: Key Concepts in Coding-Decoding
Coding-Decoding Techniques
Concept
Description
Example Type
Letter to Number Coding
Letters are assigned numerical values (position in alphabet, or arbitrary).
A=1, B=2; CAT → 3120
Direct Letter Coding
A specific letter is consistently coded by another letter or symbol.
A ↔ Z, B ↔ Y; CAT ↔ XZG
Substitution Coding
Letters or words are replaced by other letters or words according to a rule.
'red' is 'blue', 'blue' is 'green'; Code for 'red'? Answer 'blue'.
Positional Coding
The code depends on the position of the letter in the word.
Not the case here, as shown by 'P'/'A' having different codes in different words if position mattered.
Common Element Analysis
Comparing shared letters/words and shared codes/digits to deduce mappings (as used in this problem).
Finding common letters/digits across multiple examples.
Additional Information: Solving Logic Reasoning Questions
Coding-decoding problems are a common type of logic and reasoning question found in competitive exams. Success often relies on careful observation and systematic comparison.
Observe Carefully: Pay close attention to the given words, codes, and the letters/digits involved.
Look for Patterns: Are the codes based on alphabetical position, reverse alphabetical position, specific rules, or arbitrary assignment?
Find Common Elements: If multiple examples are given, compare them to find letters or digits that appear in more than one example. This often helps break the code.
Identify Unique Elements: As demonstrated in this problem, looking for letters/digits unique to a specific example can also be very effective in identifying specific codes.
Test Your Hypothesis: Once you deduce a mapping for a letter or a rule, check if it holds true for all given examples.
This problem was solved using the 'Common and Unique Element Analysis' technique, focusing on what was present in one set (letters/digits) but not the other.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 26archived
In January 2023, the legislative bill providing ________ reservation to women in state government jobs has been approved by Uttarakhand Governor, Lt Gen (Retd.) Gurmit Singh.
- A
35%
- B
30%
- C
20%
- D
25%
Show answer
B. 30%Understanding Uttarakhand Women's Reservation Bill
The question asks about the percentage of reservation provided to women in state government jobs in Uttarakhand, based on a legislative bill approved in January 2023.
In January 2023, a significant legislative bill was approved by the Uttarakhand Governor, Lt Gen (Retd.) Gurmit Singh. This bill specifically addresses reservation for women within the state's government job sector.
The bill provides a horizontal reservation, meaning it cuts across different categories like SC, ST, and OBC. This ensures that a specific percentage of jobs in each category are reserved for women within that category.
The approved reservation percentage for women in state government jobs in Uttarakhand, as per this bill, is 30%.
The approval of this bill reinforces the state government's commitment to ensuring adequate representation of women in public employment.
Uttarakhand Government Jobs Reservation for Women
Based on the bill approved in January 2023, the percentage of reservation for women in Uttarakhand state government jobs is:
30%
This percentage applies to direct recruitment positions within the state civil services.
Revision Table: Uttarakhand Reservation Bill
Aspect
Detail
State
Uttarakhand
Beneficiary Group
Women
Type of Reservation
Horizontal
Reservation Percentage
30%
Approval Authority
Governor Lt Gen (Retd.) Gurmit Singh
Approval Date
January 2023
Applicable To
State government jobs (direct recruitment)
Additional Information on Reservation and Bills
Understanding reservation policies and the legislative process is crucial. Here's some additional context:
Reservation in India: Reservation policies aim to provide opportunities to disadvantaged groups and ensure representation in public life and services. Women's reservation is a form of horizontal reservation.
Horizontal vs. Vertical Reservation: Vertical reservation (e.g., for SC, ST, OBC) is category-based. Horizontal reservation (e.g., for women, persons with disabilities, ex-servicemen) applies independently to each vertical category. For example, if 30% of jobs are reserved horizontally for women and 15% vertically for SC, then 30% of the jobs reserved for SC should also go to women within that category.
Role of the Governor: In a state, a bill passed by the legislative assembly becomes law only after receiving the assent of the Governor. The Governor can give assent, withhold assent, or return the bill (if it is not a money bill) for reconsideration.
Uttarakhand Specifics: The Uttarakhand government had previously implemented a 30% horizontal reservation for women. However, a court ruling had set it aside. The legislative bill approved in January 2023 was intended to provide a statutory basis for this reservation percentage, confirming the 30% quota.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 27archived
Butan-2-ol is a:
- A
tertiary alcohol
- B
ketone
- C
primary alcohol
- D
secondary alcohol
Show answer
D. secondary alcoholUnderstanding Butan-2-ol Classification
The question asks us to classify Butan-2-ol based on its structure. Alcohols are classified into primary, secondary, or tertiary based on the type of carbon atom to which the hydroxyl (-OH) group is attached.
Let's first look at the structure of Butan-2-ol.
The name "Butan-2-ol" indicates a four-carbon chain (butan) with a hydroxyl group (-ol) attached to the second carbon atom (2-).
The structural formula for Butan-2-ol is:
\(\text{CH}_3\text{-CH(OH)-CH}_2\text{-CH}_3\)
We can also write it showing all bonds around the carbon bearing the hydroxyl group:
\(\text{CH}_3\text{-}\underset{|}{\overset{\text{OH}}{\text{C}}}\text{H-CH}_2\text{-CH}_3\)
Classifying Alcohols: Primary, Secondary, Tertiary
The classification depends on the number of alkyl groups (or hydrogen atoms) attached to the carbon atom that bears the hydroxyl group (-OH).
Primary Alcohol: The carbon atom bonded to the -OH group is bonded to only one alkyl group (and two hydrogen atoms). Methanol (\(\text{CH}_3\text{OH}\)) is also considered primary, although it has no alkyl group attached to the carbon bearing -OH (it has three hydrogen atoms).
Secondary Alcohol: The carbon atom bonded to the -OH group is bonded to two alkyl groups (and one hydrogen atom).
Tertiary Alcohol: The carbon atom bonded to the -OH group is bonded to three alkyl groups (and no hydrogen atoms).
Analyzing Butan-2-ol Structure
Let's examine the carbon atom in Butan-2-ol that is directly bonded to the -OH group. This is the second carbon atom in the butane chain:
\(\text{CH}_3\text{-}\overset{\text{2nd Carbon}}{\text{C}}\text{H(OH)-CH}_2\text{-CH}_3\)
Let's see what is attached to this second carbon atom:
A hydroxyl group (-OH)
One hydrogen atom (H)
A methyl group (\(\text{CH}_3\), an alkyl group)
An ethyl group (\(\text{CH}_2\text{CH}_3\), another alkyl group)
The carbon atom bearing the -OH group is attached to two alkyl groups (\(\text{CH}_3\) and \(\text{CH}_2\text{CH}_3\)) and one hydrogen atom.
Conclusion for Butan-2-ol
Since the carbon atom bonded to the hydroxyl group in Butan-2-ol is attached to two alkyl groups, it fits the definition of a secondary alcohol.
Revision Table: Alcohol Classification Examples
Alcohol Type
Structure Feature
Example
Structure
Primary
-OH on carbon bonded to 1 alkyl group
Ethanol
\(\text{CH}_3\text{CH}_2\text{OH}\)
Secondary
-OH on carbon bonded to 2 alkyl groups
Propan-2-ol
\(\text{CH}_3\text{CH(OH)CH}_3\)
Tertiary
-OH on carbon bonded to 3 alkyl groups
2-Methylpropan-2-ol
\(\text{(CH}_3\text{)}_3\text{COH}\)
Additional Information: Butanol Isomers and Functional Groups
The term "butanol" refers to any of the isomers of butyl alcohol, which have the molecular formula \(\text{C}_4\text{H}_{10}\text{O}\). There are four isomers of butanol:
Butan-1-ol (n-butyl alcohol): \(\text{CH}_3\text{CH}_2\text{CH}_2\text{CH}_2\text{OH}\) (Primary)
Butan-2-ol (sec-butyl alcohol): \(\text{CH}_3\text{CH(OH)CH}_2\text{CH}_3\) (Secondary)
2-Methylpropan-1-ol (isobutyl alcohol): \(\text{(CH}_3\text{)}_2\text{CHCH}_2\text{OH}\) (Primary)
2-Methylpropan-2-ol (tert-butyl alcohol): \(\text{(CH}_3\text{)}_3\text{COH}\) (Tertiary)
This shows that even with the same molecular formula, different structures lead to different classifications (primary, secondary, tertiary) and thus different chemical properties.
The -OH group is the functional group characteristic of alcohols. Functional groups determine the typical chemical reactions of a class of organic compounds.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 28archived
Indian musician Ravi Shankar won his first Grammy Award in 1968 for best chamber music performance for which of the following works done by him?
- A
The Sounds of India
- B
West Meets East
- C
The Concert for Bangladesh
- D
Full Circle - Carnegie Hall
Show answer
B. West Meets EastUnderstanding Ravi Shankar's First Grammy Award
The question asks about Indian music icon Ravi Shankar's first Grammy Award win in 1968, specifically for Best Chamber Music Performance, and the particular work that earned him this prestigious award.
Ravi Shankar, a virtuoso sitarist and composer, played a pivotal role in bringing Indian classical music to the Western world. His collaborations and performances garnered international recognition, leading to multiple Grammy Award wins throughout his career.
Analyzing the Options
Let's look at the options provided and their relevance to Ravi Shankar's work and Grammy history:
The Sounds of India: While a significant album by Ravi Shankar showcasing Indian music, this album was released earlier than 1968.
West Meets East: This album is a collaboration between Ravi Shankar and renowned violinist Yehudi Menuhin, blending Indian and Western classical music traditions.
The Concert for Bangladesh: This was a benefit concert organized by George Harrison and Ravi Shankar in 1971. The album from this concert also won a Grammy, but later than 1968 and in a different category (Album of the Year).
Full Circle - Carnegie Hall: This album was recorded much later in Ravi Shankar's career and also won a Grammy, but well after 1968.
The 1968 Grammy Award Winner
In 1968, Ravi Shankar won his first-ever Grammy Award. The category was Best Chamber Music Performance. The winning work was the album titled "West Meets East". This album was a groundbreaking collaboration with violinist Yehudi Menuhin, featuring performances that beautifully intertwined the sounds of the sitar and Western violin.
The album "West Meets East" was released in 1967 and quickly gained critical acclaim for its innovative fusion of musical styles, making it a strong contender and eventual winner in the chamber music category at the 10th Annual Grammy Awards held in 1968.
Conclusion
Based on the analysis of the options and Ravi Shankar's Grammy history, the work for which he won his first Grammy Award in 1968 for Best Chamber Music Performance was "West Meets East".
Summary of Ravi Shankar's 1968 Grammy Win
Award Year
Category
Winning Work
Collaborator(s)
1968 (10th Annual Grammy Awards)
Best Chamber Music Performance
West Meets East
Yehudi Menuhin
Revision Table: Ravi Shankar Grammys & Key Works
Overview of Relevant Ravi Shankar Works and Awards
Work Title
Release Year (Approx.)
Key Feature
Grammy Wins (Relevant to options)
The Sounds of India
1957
Introduction to Indian classical music
None listed in options won 1968 Chamber Music Grammy
West Meets East
1967
Collaboration with Yehudi Menuhin (Violin)
Won Best Chamber Music Performance in 1968 (First Grammy)
The Concert for Bangladesh (Album)
1972
Album from the 1971 benefit concert
Won Album of the Year in 1973
Full Circle - Carnegie Hall
2000
Live album recorded in 2000
Won Best World Music Album in 2002
Additional Information on Ravi Shankar and Grammys
Ravi Shankar had a long and distinguished career with the Grammy Awards. His first win in 1968 for "West Meets East" marked a significant moment, being one of the early instances of Indian classical music being recognized on such a global platform in a classical music category.
He went on to win several more Grammy Awards throughout his life:
1973: Album of the Year for "The Concert for Bangladesh" (shared with George Harrison and others).
2002: Best World Music Album for "Full Circle - Carnegie Hall 2000".
2013: Best World Music Album for "The Living Room Sessions Part 1".
2013: Lifetime Achievement Award (awarded posthumously).
His collaborations, particularly with Western musicians like Yehudi Menuhin and George Harrison, were instrumental in popularizing the sitar and Indian classical music with a wider audience. The "West Meets East" collaboration is a prime example of this cross-cultural exchange recognized by the Grammy Awards.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 29archived
Which of the following rivers does NOT flow in Kerala State?
- A
Bharathapuzha
- B
Periyar
- C
Pamba
- D
Penner
Show answer
D. PennerUnderstanding Kerala Rivers: Identifying the Odd One Out
The question asks us to identify which among the given rivers does NOT flow within the state of Kerala. Kerala is known for its numerous rivers, and understanding their geographical distribution is key to answering this question.
Analysing the Given Rivers and Their Locations
Let's look at each river listed in the options:
Bharathapuzha: Also known as River Nila, it is the second longest river in Kerala. It flows through significant parts of the state. Therefore, Bharathapuzha flows in Kerala.
Periyar: This is the longest river in Kerala. It is a vital lifeline for the state, supporting irrigation and hydroelectric power projects. Periyar definitely flows in Kerala.
Pamba: Pamba is the third longest river in Kerala. It is famous for the Sabarimala temple located on its banks. Pamba flows entirely within Kerala.
Penner: The Penner River, also known as Uttara Pinakini, is a major river of South India. It originates in Karnataka and flows primarily through Andhra Pradesh before draining into the Bay of Bengal. It does NOT flow through Kerala.
Comparing the Rivers
Based on the geographical flow of these rivers, we can clearly see that three of them are significant rivers of Kerala, while one flows in different states.
River Locations in South India
River Name
Flows in Kerala?
Primary States of Flow
Bharathapuzha
Yes
Kerala, Tamil Nadu (originates)
Periyar
Yes
Kerala, Tamil Nadu (originates)
Pamba
Yes
Kerala
Penner
No
Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh
The table confirms that Bharathapuzha, Periyar, and Pamba are integral rivers of Kerala, while the Penner River flows through Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.
Conclusion: The River Not in Kerala
From the analysis, it is clear that the Penner river is the one among the given options that does NOT flow in Kerala State.
Revision Table: Key Kerala Rivers
Important Rivers of Kerala
River Name
Length (Approx.)
Significance
Periyar
244 km
Longest river, major source for power/irrigation
Bharathapuzha
209 km
Second longest, cultural significance
Pamba
176 km
Third longest, flows into Vembanad Lake, important for Sabarimala
Chaliyar
169 km
Fourth longest, significant for Kozhikode district
Additional Information: Penner River Basin
The Penner River basin is one of the major river basins in South India. It covers parts of Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, and a small portion of Tamil Nadu. It is crucial for irrigation, particularly in the Rayalaseema region of Andhra Pradesh. Understanding the major river basins in different Indian states helps in answering questions related to river geography.
Kerala, on the other hand, has a dense network of rivers, most of which are relatively short compared to major north Indian rivers due to the state's narrow width between the Western Ghats and the Arabian Sea.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 30archived
Celebrated every year, the Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award festival is named after the famous classical dancer of which of the following dance forms?
- A
Mohiniyattam
- B
Kuchipudi
- C
Kathak
- D
Odissi
Show answer
D. OdissiUnderstanding the Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award Festival and Odissi Dance
The question asks about the classical dance form associated with the renowned artist Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra, after whom an annual award festival is named. To answer this, we need to identify the specific dance tradition that Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra dedicated his life and work to.
Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra: A Legend
Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra (1926–2004) was a celebrated Indian classical dancer, choreographer, and guru. He is widely regarded as one of the most important figures in the revival and popularization of a particular classical Indian dance form in the 20th century.
Association with a Specific Dance Form
Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra's immense contribution is primarily associated with the classical dance form originating from the state of Odisha in India. He was instrumental in elevating this dance form to national and international recognition. His contributions include choreographing numerous pieces, training generations of dancers, and establishing institutions dedicated to its promotion.
The Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award Festival
The Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award is a prestigious honour presented annually by the Srjan institution (established by Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra himself) to individuals for their exceptional contributions to art, culture, and education. The associated festival celebrates various art forms, but its core purpose and the name honour the legacy of Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra, firmly linking it to his primary area of expertise.
Examining the Options
Let's look at the provided options:
Mohiniyattam: This is a classical dance form from Kerala. While beautiful, it is not the dance form associated with Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra.
Kuchipudi: This classical dance form originates from Andhra Pradesh. Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra's work is not primarily linked to Kuchipudi.
Kathak: This classical dance form originates from North India. It is distinct from the style Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra mastered and promoted.
Odissi: This is a classical dance form from Odisha. Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra is universally acclaimed as a maestro and pivotal figure in the modern history of Odissi dance.
Based on Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra's lifelong dedication and significant contributions, the award festival named after him is inextricably linked to the Odissi classical dance form.
Conclusion
The Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award festival honours the legacy of a master of Odissi dance. Therefore, the festival is named after a famous classical dancer of the Odissi dance form.
Classical Dance Forms and Associated Regions
Dance Form
Origin Region/State
Odissi
Odisha
Mohiniyattam
Kerala
Kuchipudi
Andhra Pradesh
Kathak
North India (Uttar Pradesh)
Bharatanatyam
Tamil Nadu
Kathakali
Kerala
Manipuri
Manipur
Sattriya
Assam
Revision Table: Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra and Odissi
Aspect
Details
Name
Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra
Associated Dance Form
Odissi
Origin of Dance Form
Odisha, India
Significance
Key figure in the revival and popularization of modern Odissi dance.
Award/Festival
Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award festival
Additional Information: Classical Indian Dance Forms
India has a rich tradition of classical dance forms, recognized by the Sangeet Natak Akademi. Each form has its unique history, theory, and performance style, rooted in ancient scriptures and regional traditions. Understanding these different forms helps appreciate the diversity of Indian culture.
Odissi: Known for its graceful movements, sculpturesque poses (inspired by temple carvings), and emphasis on 'Tribhanga' (three-bend posture). It originates from Odisha.
Bharatanatyam: One of the oldest classical dance forms, originating from Tamil Nadu. Characterized by geometric patterns, strong footwork, and expressive hand gestures.
Kathak: Originating from North India, Kathak involves intricate footwork (tatkar), spins (chakkar), and storytelling, often depicting episodes from epics.
Kathakali: A vibrant dance-drama from Kerala, known for elaborate costumes, makeup, masks, and expressive facial movements (mudras).
Mohiniyattam: A graceful, feminine dance form from Kerala, known for its gentle, swaying movements and lyrical quality.
Kuchipudi: Originating from Andhra Pradesh, Kuchipudi combines dance, drama, and music. A unique element is often dancing on a brass plate (Tarangam).
Manipuri: From Manipur in Northeast India, known for its fluid, circular movements, gentle expressions, and devotional themes, often related to Radha and Krishna.
Sattriya: From Assam, established in the 15th century by Srimanta Sankardeva. It is linked to the Vaishnavite monasteries (Sattras) and features devotional themes.
The Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Award festival specifically celebrates the legacy of a master of Odissi dance, highlighting the importance of preserving and promoting this particular art form.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 31archived
Under which Constitutional Amendment, the State shall provide free and compulsory education to all children from the age of six to fourteen years?
- A
62nd
- B
86th
- C
73rd
- D
42nd
Show answer
B. 86thUnderstanding the Constitutional Amendment on Free Education
The question asks about the specific Constitutional Amendment Act under which the State is obligated to provide free and compulsory education to all children between the ages of six and fourteen years. This is a significant provision in the Indian Constitution, recognizing education as a fundamental right.
Let's analyze the options provided and identify the correct amendment related to this right.
Analysis of the 86th Constitutional Amendment
The 86th Constitutional Amendment Act, 2002 is the key amendment that addresses the right to education. This amendment made several changes to the Constitution concerning education:
It inserted a new Article 21A into Part III (Fundamental Rights) of the Constitution.
Article 21A states that "The State shall provide free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the State may, by law, determine."
This amendment thus made the right to education for children aged 6 to 14 years a fundamental right, enforceable by law.
It also amended Article 45 in Part IV (Directive Principles of State Policy), changing its focus from providing early childhood care and education for children below the age of six years.
Furthermore, it added a new Fundamental Duty under Article 51A(k), which states that it shall be the duty of every citizen of India who is a parent or guardian to provide opportunities for education to his child or, as the case may be, ward between the age of six and fourteen years.
Based on this analysis, the 86th Amendment directly corresponds to the provision mentioned in the question.
Reviewing Other Options
Let's briefly look at the other options to confirm why they are incorrect in this context:
62nd Constitutional Amendment Act: This amendment, passed in 1989, extended the period of reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Lok Sabha and the State Legislative Assemblies and the representation of Anglo-Indians by nomination for another ten years. It is not related to education.
73rd Constitutional Amendment Act: Passed in 1992, this amendment gave constitutional status to the Panchayati Raj institutions, establishing a three-tier system of Panchayats at the village, intermediate, and district levels. It is not related to education.
42nd Constitutional Amendment Act: Enacted in 1976, this is one of the most comprehensive amendments, often referred to as a 'Mini-Constitution'. It made significant changes, including adding the words 'Socialist', 'Secular', and 'Integrity' to the Preamble, and transferring education from the State List to the Concurrent List. While it relates to education's listing in the schedules, it is not the amendment that introduced free and compulsory education as a fundamental right for children aged 6-14.
Therefore, the 86th Constitutional Amendment is the correct answer.
Conclusion
The Constitutional Amendment that mandates the State to provide free and compulsory education to all children from the age of six to fourteen years is the 86th Amendment Act, 2002. This amendment inserted Article 21A, making education a fundamental right.
Amendment Act
Year
Key Provision Relevant Here
42nd Amendment
1976
Transferred Education to Concurrent List
62nd Amendment
1989
Extended reservations for SC/ST in Legislatures
73rd Amendment
1992
Constitutional status to Panchayati Raj
86th Amendment
2002
Inserted Article 21A (Right to Education 6-14 yrs)
Revision Table: Key Constitutional Amendments
Let's summarize the key points about the 86th Amendment related to the Right to Education.
Amendment Number: 86th
Year Enacted: 2002
Key Insertion: Article 21A (Part III - Fundamental Rights)
Provision: State shall provide free and compulsory education to all children
Age Group: Six to fourteen years
Other Related Changes: Amended Article 45, added Article 51A(k) as a Fundamental Duty.
Additional Information on Right to Education
Following the 86th Amendment, the Parliament enacted the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009 (RTE Act). This Act provides the detailed legislative framework for the implementation of the fundamental right enshrined in Article 21A. The RTE Act elaborates on the duties of appropriate governments, local authorities, and parents, and specifies norms and standards for schools, including pupil-teacher ratios, infrastructure, and teacher qualifications. It aims to ensure that every child between 6 and 14 years has access to quality elementary education.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 32archived
The outermost cover of plant cells is/are known as ________.
- A
Golgi apparatus
- B
Cell wall
- C
Lysosomes
- D
Cell membrane
Show answer
B. Cell wallUnderstanding Plant Cell Structure: The Outermost Layer
Plant cells have a unique structure compared to animal cells, especially concerning their outer boundaries. The question asks about the outermost cover of plant cells.
Let's examine the options provided:
Golgi apparatus: This is an organelle found inside the cytoplasm of eukaryotic cells. It is involved in modifying, sorting, and packaging proteins and lipids for secretion or delivery to other organelles. It is definitely not the outermost layer.
Cell wall: This is a rigid layer located outside the cell membrane in plant cells, algae, fungi, and bacteria. In plant cells, it provides structural support, protection, and prevents excessive water uptake. It is the very outermost layer.
Lysosomes: These are membrane-bound organelles containing digestive enzymes, found primarily in animal cells. They are involved in breaking down waste materials and cellular debris. They are not found in typical mature plant cells and are not an outer layer.
Cell membrane: Also known as the plasma membrane, this layer is found just inside the cell wall in plant cells. It controls the movement of substances into and out of the cell. While it is the outermost layer in animal cells, it is *not* the outermost layer in plant cells because the cell wall is external to it.
Based on the structure of a plant cell, the cell wall is the protective outer layer that surrounds the cell membrane.
Comparing Plant and Animal Cells - Outer Layers
It is helpful to compare the outer boundaries of plant and animal cells to understand why the cell wall is significant in plant cells.
Animal Cells: The outermost boundary is the cell membrane (plasma membrane).
Plant Cells: The outermost boundary is the cell wall, which is located outside the cell membrane.
Functions of the Plant Cell Wall
The plant cell wall performs several vital functions:
Provides structural support and maintains the shape of the plant cell.
Protects the cell from mechanical stress and physical injury.
Prevents excessive water uptake, which could cause the cell to burst (lysis).
Allows the plant to stand upright and maintain its form.
Plays a role in cell-to-cell communication through structures like plasmodesmata (channels that connect adjacent plant cells).
Therefore, the cell wall is the correct answer as the outermost cover of plant cells.
Revision Table: Plant Cell Components
Component
Location in Plant Cell
Description
Outermost Layer?
Cell Wall
Outside the cell membrane
Rigid, protective outer layer
Yes
Cell Membrane
Inside the cell wall, surrounding cytoplasm
Controls substance passage
No (in plant cells)
Cytoplasm
Inside cell membrane
Jelly-like substance containing organelles
No
Golgi Apparatus
Within cytoplasm
Packages proteins & lipids
No
Lysosomes
Within cytoplasm (rare in mature plant cells)
Digestive enzymes
No
Additional Information: Cell Wall Composition
The composition of the cell wall varies depending on the organism. In plant cells, the primary component of the cell wall is cellulose, a complex carbohydrate. Other substances like hemicellulose, pectin, and lignin can also be present, contributing to the cell wall's strength and rigidity. The thickness and composition of the cell wall can differ in different plant tissues and at different stages of cell development.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 33archived
Guruvayur Ekadashi is the cultural festival of which Indian state?
- A
Andhra Pradesh
- B
Kerala
- C
Karnataka
- D
Tamil Nadu
Show answer
B. KeralaUnderstanding Guruvayur Ekadashi: A Kerala Festival
Guruvayur Ekadashi is a highly revered cultural festival celebrated primarily at the Guruvayur Sree Krishna Temple. This temple is one of the most famous pilgrimage centers in South India and is dedicated to Lord Krishna.
The festival is observed on the eleventh day (Ekadashi) of the bright fortnight of the Malayalam month of Vrishchikam, which usually falls in the Gregorian months of November or December. It is considered a very auspicious day for devotees visiting the Guruvayur temple.
The location of the Guruvayur Sree Krishna Temple is in the town of Guruvayur, which is situated in the Thrissur district of the Indian state of Kerala. Therefore, Guruvayur Ekadashi is intrinsically linked to the state of Kerala's cultural and religious landscape.
Analyzing the Options for Guruvayur Ekadashi
Let's examine why the other states listed are not where Guruvayur Ekadashi is celebrated:
Andhra Pradesh: Andhra Pradesh has its own rich cultural festivals and important temples, but Guruvayur Ekadashi, associated with the Guruvayur temple, is not celebrated here.
Karnataka: Karnataka is home to many historical sites and festivals, but the Guruvayur Ekadashi festival belongs to the religious traditions and location specific to Kerala.
Tamil Nadu: Tamil Nadu is known for its vibrant culture and numerous temple festivals, particularly in the Dravidian tradition. However, Guruvayur Ekadashi is a festival rooted in the customs and location of the Guruvayur temple in Kerala.
Based on the location of the Guruvayur Sree Krishna Temple and the origin of the festival, Guruvayur Ekadashi is a significant cultural festival of Kerala.
Festival
Location
State
Significance
Guruvayur Ekadashi
Guruvayur Sree Krishna Temple
Kerala
Auspicious Ekadashi observed by devotees of Lord Krishna
Revision Table: Guruvayur Ekadashi & Kerala
Aspect
Detail
Festival Name
Guruvayur Ekadashi
Associated Temple
Guruvayur Sree Krishna Temple
State
Kerala
Month (Malayalam)
Vrishchikam (Eleventh day, Ekadashi)
General Time (Gregorian)
November/December
Additional Information about Kerala Cultural Festivals
Kerala, known as "God's Own Country," has a diverse and rich cultural heritage reflected in its numerous festivals. While Guruvayur Ekadashi is a significant religious event, other notable festivals include:
Onam: A major harvest festival celebrated across the state with great pomp and traditional activities like Pookalam (flower carpets), boat races, and the Onasadya feast.
Vishu: Marks the Malayalam New Year and is celebrated in mid-April. It is known for the 'Vishukkani' (first sight of auspicious items) and giving 'Vishukkaineetam' (money) to younger members of the family.
Thrissur Pooram: One of the most spectacular temple festivals in Kerala, famous for its grand procession of elephants, traditional music ensembles (Panchavadyam and Pandimelam), and elaborate fireworks.
Theyyam: A vibrant, ritualistic dance form prevalent in the North Malabar region of Kerala, where performers embody divine or heroic characters.
These festivals, including Guruvayur Ekadashi, highlight the unique cultural fabric of Kerala.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 34archived
The Western cyclonic disturbance originates over ________.
- A
Pacific Ocean
- B
Bay of Bengal
- C
Arabian Sea
- D
The Mediterranean
Show answer
D. The MediterraneanUnderstanding Western Cyclonic Disturbances and Their Origin
Western cyclonic disturbances are weather phenomena that significantly impact the weather patterns over the northern parts of the Indian subcontinent, particularly during the winter season. These are not tropical cyclones like those originating in the Bay of Bengal or Arabian Sea, but rather extra-tropical storms.
Origin of Western Cyclonic Disturbances
The origin of these weather systems, known as Western cyclonic disturbances, lies far to the west of India. They develop over a specific region and then travel eastward.
Let's examine the potential origins listed in the options:
Pacific Ocean: The Pacific Ocean is located very far to the east of India. Weather systems originating here would not typically travel westwards to affect India's winter weather in this manner.
Bay of Bengal: The Bay of Bengal is known for being the origin of tropical cyclones that affect the eastern and southern coasts of India, primarily during the pre-monsoon (April-May) and post-monsoon (October-November) periods. It is not the origin of Western cyclonic disturbances.
Arabian Sea: Similar to the Bay of Bengal, the Arabian Sea is a breeding ground for tropical cyclones affecting India's western coast, mainly during the pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons. It is not the origin of Western cyclonic disturbances.
The Mediterranean: This sea is located to the west of the Indian subcontinent. Extra-tropical cyclones that form over the Mediterranean Sea are driven eastward by the westerlies jet stream. These eastward-moving systems are precisely what are known as Western cyclonic disturbances when they reach the Indian region.
Therefore, the primary region of origin for Western cyclonic disturbances affecting India is The Mediterranean Sea.
Impact of Western Cyclonic Disturbances
Western cyclonic disturbances bring:
Winter rainfall to the plains of North India.
Snowfall to the mountainous regions like the Himalayas.
They are crucial for Rabi crops that rely on winter precipitation.
These disturbances are associated with changes in atmospheric pressure and wind patterns, leading to cloudy skies and precipitation.
Common Cyclone Origins and Types Affecting India
Cyclone Type
Primary Origin Region
Season
Tropical Cyclones
Bay of Bengal, Arabian Sea
Pre-monsoon (Apr-May), Post-monsoon (Oct-Nov)
Western Cyclonic Disturbances
The Mediterranean Sea
Winter (Dec-Feb)
Revision Table: Key Facts on Western Disturbances
Feature
Description
What are they?
Extra-tropical storm systems
Origin
The Mediterranean Sea
Movement
Eastward, guided by westerlies
Region Affected in India
Northern India (plains and mountains)
Season of Impact
Winter (December to February)
Precipitation Type
Rainfall in plains, Snowfall in mountains
Significance
Important for Rabi crops and water resources
Additional Information: Related Concepts
Understanding Western cyclonic disturbances involves knowing about related meteorological concepts:
Extra-tropical Cyclones: These are mid-latitude weather systems that get their energy from horizontal temperature gradients, unlike tropical cyclones which get energy from latent heat release.
Westerlies Jet Stream: A high-altitude wind current that flows from west to east in the mid-latitudes. Western disturbances are often embedded within or steered by this jet stream as they move eastward.
Rabi Crops: Crops sown in winter and harvested in spring, such as wheat, barley, and mustard. They benefit significantly from the winter precipitation brought by Western disturbances.
Monsoon: The seasonal wind reversal that brings most of India's annual rainfall, primarily during the summer months (June to September). Western disturbances are distinct from the monsoon system and affect a different season and region.
The journey of a Western cyclonic disturbance involves travelling across various countries like Iran, Afghanistan, and Pakistan before reaching North India, influencing weather along its path.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 35archived
Who along with Arthur Compton received the Nobel Prize in 1927 for the development of the cloud chamber for the detection of charged particles?
- A
Frederick Soddy
- B
Harold Urey
- C
Charles Wilson
- D
Ernest Lawrence
Show answer
C. Charles WilsonIdentifying the 1927 Nobel Laureate for the Cloud Chamber
The question asks about the scientist who, along with Arthur Compton, received the Nobel Prize in 1927, specifically mentioning the development of the cloud chamber for detecting charged particles. The Nobel Prize in Physics in 1927 was indeed awarded to two scientists for their significant contributions to understanding atomic structure and radiation.
Charles Wilson and His Work on the Cloud Chamber
One half of the 1927 Nobel Prize in Physics was awarded to Charles Thomson Rees Wilson (C.T.R. Wilson). His groundbreaking work was on the development of a method to make the paths of electrically charged particles visible. This method led to the invention of the cloud chamber, also known as the Wilson cloud chamber.
The cloud chamber is a detector used for visualizing the passage of ionizing particles. It uses a supersaturated vapour of water or alcohol. When a charged particle passes through the chamber, it ionizes the air molecules along its path. These ions act as condensation nuclei, around which the supersaturated vapour condenses, forming tiny droplets. These droplets create a visible trail, showing the path of the particle.
Arthur Compton's Contribution
The other half of the 1927 Nobel Prize in Physics was awarded to Arthur Holly Compton for his discovery of the effect named after him, the Compton effect. The Compton effect is the scattering of a high-energy photon after an interaction with a charged particle, usually an electron. This effect provided crucial evidence for the particle nature of light.
While Arthur Compton shared the 1927 Nobel Prize with Charles Wilson, his specific contribution recognized by the Nobel Committee was the Compton effect, not the cloud chamber development. Charles Wilson received the prize specifically for his cloud chamber method.
Analyzing the Options
Let's look at the other options provided in the question:
Frederick Soddy: A British radiochemist who received the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1921 for his work on radioactive substances and isotopes. His work was primarily in chemistry, not physics particle detection methods like the cloud chamber.
Harold Urey: An American physical chemist who received the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1934 for his discovery of deuterium (heavy hydrogen). His work was in chemistry and isotope separation.
Charles Wilson: A Scottish physicist who invented the cloud chamber. As discussed, he received the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1927 for this invention.
Ernest Lawrence: An American physicist who invented the cyclotron, a type of particle accelerator. He received the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1939 for this invention.
Based on the historical records of the Nobel Prize in Physics for 1927, Charles Wilson was the scientist recognized for the cloud chamber development, sharing the prize that year with Arthur Compton.
Scientist
Notable Contribution
Nobel Prize Year
Nobel Field
Charles Wilson
Cloud Chamber
1927
Physics
Arthur Compton
Compton Effect
1927
Physics
Frederick Soddy
Isotopes, Radioactivity
1921
Chemistry
Harold Urey
Discovery of Deuterium
1934
Chemistry
Ernest Lawrence
Cyclotron
1939
Physics
Conclusion
The scientist who, along with Arthur Compton, received the Nobel Prize in 1927, specifically for the development of the cloud chamber for the detection of charged particles, was Charles Wilson.
Revision Table: Nobel Prizes and Scientific Contributions
Laureate
Year
Field
Contribution (Recognized by Nobel)
Charles T.R. Wilson
1927
Physics
Method of making the paths of electrically charged particles visible by condensation of vapour (Cloud Chamber)
Arthur H. Compton
1927
Physics
Discovery of the effect named after him (Compton Effect)
Frederick Soddy
1921
Chemistry
Work on the chemistry of radioactive substances, and his investigations in regard to the origin and nature of isotopes
Harold C. Urey
1934
Chemistry
Discovery of deuterium
Ernest O. Lawrence
1939
Physics
Invention and development of the cyclotron and for results obtained with it, especially with regard to artificial radioactive elements
Additional Information: How the Cloud Chamber Works
The cloud chamber is a fundamental tool in the early study of particle physics. Here’s a simplified explanation of its working principle:
A sealed chamber contains a supersaturated vapour (like alcohol or water vapour mixed with air). Supersaturated means the vapour is at a pressure higher than the normal saturation pressure for its temperature, making it unstable and ready to condense.
When a high-energy charged particle (like an alpha particle or an electron) passes through this vapour, it knocks electrons off the atoms of the gas, creating ions along its path.
These ions act as tiny seeds or nuclei for condensation.
The supersaturated vapour condenses around these ions, forming visible droplets.
The trail of droplets shows the path the charged particle took through the chamber.
Different types of particles create different types of tracks (e.g., thick and short tracks for alpha particles, thin and longer tracks for electrons), allowing physicists to identify them and study their properties and interactions.
The invention of the cloud chamber by Charles Wilson significantly advanced the experimental study of subatomic particles and cosmic rays.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 36archived
Which Article of the Indian Constitution empowers the Parliament to establish additional courts for better administration of laws made by it?
- A
Article 248
- B
Article 253
- C
Article 247
- D
Article 246
Show answer
C. Article 247Understanding Parliament's Power to Establish Courts
The question asks about the specific Article in the Indian Constitution that grants Parliament the authority to create additional courts. This power is crucial for ensuring the effective administration of laws enacted by Parliament across the country.
Article 247: Parliament's Power for Additional Courts
Article 247 of the Indian Constitution explicitly deals with the power of Parliament to establish certain additional courts. It states that, notwithstanding anything in Chapter IV of Part V or Part VI of the Constitution (which relate to the Union and State Judiciaries, respectively), Parliament may, by law, provide for the establishment of any additional courts for the better administration of laws made by Parliament or of any existing laws with respect to a matter enumerated in the Union List.
This means Article 247 provides a specific legislative power to the Union Parliament to set up courts beyond the standard structure defined in other parts of the Constitution, specifically when those courts are needed to help administer laws that Parliament has made or has the power to make.
Analyzing the Options
Let's examine the other options provided to understand why Article 247 is the correct answer and the others are not relevant to the establishment of additional courts:
Article 248: This Article deals with Residuary powers of legislation. It states that Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or State List. This is about legislative subject matter, not the establishment of courts.
Article 253: This Article empowers Parliament to make any law for the whole or any part of the territory of India for implementing any treaty, agreement or convention with any other country or any decision made at any international conference, association or other body. This is about international obligations, not establishing courts for domestic laws.
Article 246: This Article distributes legislative powers between the Union and the States by reference to the Lists (Union List, State List, Concurrent List) in the Seventh Schedule. It defines which legislature (Parliament or State Legislature) can make laws on which subject, but it does not concern the power to establish additional courts.
Therefore, based on the constitutional provisions, Article 247 is the sole Article among the options that grants Parliament the power to establish additional courts for the administration of its laws.
Revision Table: Key Articles Discussed
Article Number
Subject Matter
Relevance to Question
Article 247
Power of Parliament to establish additional courts for the better administration of laws made by Parliament.
Directly addresses the question.
Article 248
Residuary powers of legislation for Parliament.
Deals with legislative subject matter, not court establishment.
Article 253
Power of Parliament to legislate for giving effect to international agreements.
Deals with international obligations, not court establishment for domestic laws.
Article 246
Subject-matter of laws made by Parliament and by the Legislatures of States (Lists in the Seventh Schedule).
Defines legislative domains, not the power to establish courts.
Additional Information: Indian Judiciary Structure and Parliament's Role
The Indian judicial system is structured in a hierarchical manner, with the Supreme Court at the apex, followed by High Courts in each state (or group of states), and a system of subordinate courts. While the Constitution establishes the Supreme Court and High Courts and defines their powers, Parliament and State Legislatures have powers related to the structure and jurisdiction of subordinate courts and, as seen with Article 247, Parliament can establish additional courts for administering its laws.
The power granted under Article 247 ensures that when Parliament legislates on complex matters falling under the Union List (e.g., specific areas of taxation, trade, or intellectual property), it can also create specialized judicial or quasi-judicial bodies or additional courts to handle disputes and enforce those specific laws effectively.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 37archived
Census in India was first started under ________ in the year 1872.
- A
Lord Lawrence
- B
Lord Canning
- C
Lord Cornwallis
- D
Lord Mayo
Show answer
D. Lord MayoUnderstanding the First Census in India
The question asks about the beginning of the census process in India and the British Governor-General under whose tenure it first took place in 1872. The census is a crucial exercise for collecting demographic and socio-economic data about a population.
History of Census in India
The history of the census in India dates back to the late 19th century during the British Raj. While systematic and modern censuses began later, the first attempt at a census was made in 1872.
Analyzing the Options and the First Census
Let's look at the options provided and their relevance to the first census in India in 1872:
Lord Lawrence: John Lawrence served as Viceroy of India from 1864 to 1869. The first census in 1872 did not occur during his term.
Lord Canning: Charles Canning was the first Viceroy of India, serving from 1858 to 1862 (and Governor-General before that, from 1856 to 1858). The 1872 census was not conducted during his time.
Lord Cornwallis: Charles Cornwallis served two terms as Governor-General of India, from 1786 to 1793 and briefly in 1805. This period is much earlier than the first census in 1872.
Lord Mayo: Richard Bourke, 6th Earl of Mayo, served as Viceroy of India from 1869 to 1872. The first census in India, though not fully synchronous, was conducted in 1872 during his administration.
The first attempt at a comprehensive census in India was indeed conducted in 1872. Although it was not a complete synchronous census across the whole country, it is recognized as the first population count effort on a broad scale. This initiative took place during the tenure of Lord Mayo.
Conclusion on the First Census
Based on historical records, the first census in India was initiated in the year 1872 under the administration of Lord Mayo.
Governor-General/Viceroy
Tenure
Relevance to 1872 Census
Lord Lawrence
1864-1869
Did not oversee the 1872 census.
Lord Canning
1856-1862
Did not oversee the 1872 census.
Lord Cornwallis
1786-1793, 1805
Much earlier period.
Lord Mayo
1869-1872
The first census in India (1872) was conducted during his tenure.
Revision Table: Key Facts about India Census
Event
Year
Governor-General/Viceroy
First Census in India (non-synchronous)
1872
Lord Mayo
First Synchronous Census in India
1881
Lord Ripon
Census Frequency
Every 10 years
Since 1881
Additional Information: The Census Process
The census is a vital statistical operation that involves collecting, compiling, analyzing, and disseminating demographic, social, cultural, and economic data about all persons in a country at a specific time. It is important for:
Planning and policy making
Demarcation of constituencies
Allocation of resources
Understanding population trends
The census in India is conducted under the Census Act, 1948. The Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India is responsible for conducting the census.
The 1872 census provided a baseline for future, more systematic population counts. The first complete and synchronous census across India was conducted in 1881.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 38archived
Who wrote ‘Gift to Monotheists’ in Persian to denounce the belief in many Gods?
- A
Swami Shraddhanand
- B
Swami Dayanand
- C
Raja Ram Mohan Roy
- D
Swami Vivekanand
Show answer
C. Raja Ram Mohan RoyUnderstanding ‘Gift to Monotheists’
The question asks about the author of a significant work titled ‘Gift to Monotheists’, written in the Persian language. This book was specifically aimed at critiquing and denouncing the belief in multiple Gods, advocating for the concept of monotheism.
To answer this, we need to identify which prominent Indian reformer and scholar from the given options is known for writing such a treatise in Persian.
Analysing the Options
Let’s look at the options provided:
Swami Shraddhanand: A key figure in the Arya Samaj movement, known for his work in education and social reform, particularly the Gurukul system and the Shuddhi movement.
Swami Dayanand: The founder of Arya Samaj, known for his emphasis on the Vedas and his book ‘Satyarth Prakash’. He also advocated monotheism but primarily based on Vedic principles and wrote mainly in Hindi and Sanskrit.
Raja Ram Mohan Roy: Often called the “Father of Modern India”, he was a multi-linguist and a social and religious reformer. He founded the Brahmo Sabha (later Brahmo Samaj). He wrote extensively in Bengali, English, Sanskrit, Arabic, and Persian, promoting monotheism and opposing idol worship and social evils.
Swami Vivekanand: A disciple of Ramakrishna Paramahamsa, known for introducing Vedanta and Yoga to the Western world and his speech at the Parliament of the World’s Religions in Chicago in 1893.
Identifying the Author of ‘Gift to Monotheists’
Raja Ram Mohan Roy is well-documented as the author of a book titled Tuhfat al-Muwahhiddin (A Gift to Monotheists) which was published in 1803-04. This work was written in Persian with an introduction in Arabic. In this book, he presented arguments against polytheism and the worship of idols, advocating for the worship of a single, formless God. This aligns perfectly with the description in the question – a work written in Persian to denounce the belief in many Gods.
Therefore, Raja Ram Mohan Roy is the correct answer.
Detailed Explanation
‘Gift to Monotheists’ (Tuhfat al-Muwahhiddin) was one of Raja Ram Mohan Roy's early philosophical treatises. Through reasoned arguments, he challenged various religious practices based on the belief in multiple deities. His rationalistic approach and advocacy for monotheism were foundational to his later reformist activities and the establishment of the Brahmo Samaj, which sought to create a universalistic form of Hinduism based on Upanishadic monism.
Book Title
Original Language
Author
Key Theme(s)
Gift to Monotheists (Tuhfat al-Muwahhiddin)
Persian (with Arabic intro)
Raja Ram Mohan Roy
Advocacy for Monotheism, Denouncement of Polytheism
Satyarth Prakash
Hindi
Swami Dayanand Saraswati
Interpretation of Vedas, Criticism of social evils and other religions
Swami Shraddhanand
Education reform, Shuddhi movement
Swami Vivekanand
Vedanta, Yoga, Universalism, National awakening
Based on historical facts and the content and language of the book described, Raja Ram Mohan Roy is the undisputed author of ‘Gift to Monotheists’.
Revision Table: Key Works and Authors
Author
Notable Work(s)
Language(s)
Key Focus
Raja Ram Mohan Roy
Tuhfat al-Muwahhiddin, Sambad Kaumudi, Mirat-ul-Akhbar, Precepts of Jesus
Persian, Arabic, Bengali, English, Sanskrit
Religious reform (Monotheism), Social reform (Abolition of Sati), Education
Swami Dayanand Saraswati
Satyarth Prakash
Hindi, Sanskrit
Vedic authority, Monotheism, Social reform (against caste, idol worship)
Swami Vivekanand
Complete Works of Swami Vivekananda (compilation of speeches/writings)
English, Bengali
Vedanta, Yoga, Indian Philosophy, National regeneration
Swami Shraddhanand
Hindi, Urdu
Education (Gurukul Kangri), Arya Samaj, Shuddhi movement
Additional Information: Raja Ram Mohan Roy and His Reforms
Raja Ram Mohan Roy (1772-1833) was a pioneering figure in the Bengal Renaissance. His efforts were multifaceted, covering religious, social, and educational reforms.
Religious Reforms: His deep study of various religious texts (Hindu scriptures, Bible, Quran) led him to advocate for a rationalistic, monotheistic approach to religion. The Brahmo Sabha, founded in 1828, was intended as a place of worship for all religions based on the worship of a single universal God.
Social Reforms: He actively campaigned against social evils like Sati (widow burning), caste system, polygamy, and child marriage. His efforts were instrumental in the abolition of Sati by Lord William Bentinck in 1829.
Educational Reforms: He supported the introduction of Western education in India, believing it was essential for modernization and progress. He also advocated for teaching science and mathematics.
Journalism: He published journals like ‘Sambad Kaumudi’ (in Bengali) and ‘Mirat-ul-Akhbar’ (in Persian) to propagate his ideas and educate the public.
‘Gift to Monotheists’ is a testament to his early intellectual journey and his commitment to reasoned discourse on religious beliefs.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 39archived
Identify an organism that exhibits metagenesis.
- A
Euspongia
- B
Obelia
- C
Sycon
- D
Spongilla
Show answer
B. ObeliaUnderstanding Metagenesis in Organisms
The question asks to identify an organism that exhibits metagenesis. Metagenesis is a biological phenomenon where an organism's life cycle involves an alternation between different body forms or generations, specifically in cnidarians, between the polyp and medusa stages. The polyp stage is typically sessile and reproduces asexually, while the medusa stage is usually free-swimming and reproduces sexually.
Analysing the Options
Let's look at the given options:
Euspongia
Obelia
Sycon
Spongilla
Why Sponges (Euspongia, Sycon, Spongilla) do not show Metagenesis
Euspongia, Sycon, and Spongilla are all types of sponges (Phylum Porifera). Sponges are simple multicellular organisms. Their life cycles can be quite different from cnidarians. They do not have the distinct polyp and medusa body forms that characterize metagenesis as seen in many cnidarians. Their reproduction involves both asexual methods (like budding or gemmule formation) and sexual reproduction, but this does not involve the clear alternation between sessile polyp and free-swimming medusa generations.
Understanding Metagenesis in Obelia
Obelia belongs to the Phylum Cnidaria, Class Hydrozoa. A key characteristic of many hydrozoans, including Obelia, is the presence of both polyp and medusa stages in their life cycle. The life cycle of Obelia demonstrates metagenesis:
The sessile colony form is the polyp stage, which reproduces asexually by budding.
These buds develop into free-swimming medusae.
The medusae are the sexual stage, producing gametes (eggs and sperm).
Fertilization occurs, forming a zygote.
The zygote develops into a larva (planula), which settles and forms a new polyp colony.
This clear alternation between the asexually reproducing polyp generation and the sexually reproducing medusa generation is precisely what defines metagenesis in cnidarians.
Conclusion on Metagenesis
Based on the life cycles of the organisms listed, Obelia is the organism that exhibits metagenesis due to the regular alternation between its polyp and medusa forms.
Organism
Phylum
Exhibit Metagenesis?
Reason
Euspongia
Porifera
No
Sponge; lacks polyp/medusa stages.
Obelia
Cnidaria
Yes
Alternation between polyp and medusa generations.
Sycon
Porifera
No
Sponge; lacks polyp/medusa stages.
Spongilla
Porifera
No
Sponge; lacks polyp/medusa stages.
Revision Table: Key Terms
Term
Definition
Metagenesis
Alternation of generations, specifically between polyp and medusa forms in cnidarians.
Polyp
Sessile, often colonial, asexual reproductive stage in cnidarians.
Medusa
Free-swimming, bell-shaped, sexual reproductive stage in cnidarians.
Additional Information on Metagenesis and Cnidarian Life Cycles
Metagenesis is often confused with alternation of generations seen in plants. While both involve alternating forms, the specific body forms (polyp/medusa) and reproductive methods (asexual budding vs. sexual gametes) are characteristic of cnidarians like Obelia. Not all cnidarians exhibit metagenesis; some groups are exclusively polyps (like corals and sea anemones), while others are exclusively medusae (like some jellyfish). Hydrozoans, like Obelia, are the classic examples demonstrating this type of life cycle alternation.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 40archived
Magadha Mahajanapada was surrounded by the rivers ________.
- A
Ganga and Jhelum
- B
Ganga and Yamuna
- C
Ganga and Son
- D
Ganga and Ghaghara
Show answer
C. Ganga and SonCorrect answer: Ganga and Son
Geographical Advantage: Fertile land, river access for trade and defense (Ganga and Son).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 41archived
Lai Haraoba is the earliest form of which of the following classical dances of India?
- A
Manipuri
- B
Mohiniyattam
- C
Sattriya
- D
Kathakali
Show answer
A. ManipuriUnderstanding Lai Haraoba and Classical Indian Dances
The question asks about the earliest form of a specific classical dance of India, pointing to Lai Haraoba. Classical Indian dances are ancient, codified performing arts with deep roots in tradition, mythology, and scripture. Each form has its unique history, style, and origin.
What is Lai Haraoba?
Lai Haraoba is a major festival celebrated by the Meitei community of Manipur. The name "Lai Haraoba" translates to "Merrymaking of the Gods." It is a ritualistic festival that reenacts the creation myth and the lives of the gods and goddesses. Integral to this festival are various performances that involve song, dance, and rituals. These performances are considered the precursors to the formal classical dance form.
Lai Haraoba and its Connection to Manipuri Dance
Historically, the dances performed during the Lai Haraoba festival are considered the foundation upon which the classical Manipuri dance form developed. The movements, music, and themes present in Lai Haraoba rituals heavily influenced the aesthetics and techniques of the later classical Manipuri style. Therefore, Lai Haraoba is widely recognized as the earliest source or root of classical Manipuri dance.
Analyzing the Options
Manipuri: As discussed, Lai Haraoba is intrinsically linked to the origins of Manipuri dance. The ritualistic dances of Lai Haraoba are seen as the historical base from which the refined classical form emerged.
Mohiniyattam: This is a classical dance form from Kerala. Its origins are distinct from Lai Haraoba and are rooted in the traditions of Kerala.
Sattriya: This classical dance form originates from Assam, specifically from the Vaishnavite monasteries (Sattras). Its history and development are linked to the Bhakti movement in Assam, initiated by Srimanta Sankardeva.
Kathakali: Another classical dance form from Kerala, known for its elaborate costumes, makeup, and dramatic storytelling. Its origins are separate from the traditions of Manipur.
Based on the historical connections, Lai Haraoba is indeed the earliest form associated with classical Manipuri dance.
Revision Table: Classical Dance Origins
Classical Dance
State of Origin
Earliest Associated Form/Tradition
Manipuri
Manipur
Lai Haraoba festival rituals
Mohiniyattam
Kerala
Traditional Kerala temple dances
Sattriya
Assam
Sattra traditions, Bhakti movement
Kathakali
Kerala
Temple arts like Krishnanattam and Ramanattam
Additional Information on Lai Haraoba and Manipuri Dance
The performances within Lai Haraoba are diverse, involving priests (Maibas and Maibis) and the community. Key elements include:
Laibou: Ritualistic construction of the human body.
Laiching: Invoking the deities.
Various symbolic dances representing creation, daily life, and divine actions.
These elements provided a rich foundation of movements, music, and narrative structures that were later codified and refined into the classical Manipuri dance form, known for its graceful, fluid movements, devotional themes (especially Vaishnavism), and unique costume.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 42archived
Who among the following became the first fast bowler to take up captaincy of the Australian men’s Test side full-time in November 2021?
- A
Pat Cummins
- B
Steve Smith
- C
Nathan Lyon
- D
Tim Paine
Show answer
A. Pat CumminsAustralian Test Captaincy: Pat Cummins' Historic Appointment
The question asks about a significant moment in Australian cricket history: the appointment of the first fast bowler as the full-time captain of the men's Test team in November 2021. Historically, the Australian Test captaincy has often been held by batsmen or all-rounders, with fast bowlers rarely taking on the leadership role on a permanent basis due to the physical demands of their position.
In November 2021, following the resignation of Tim Paine, a wicketkeeper-batsman who had been captain since 2018, Cricket Australia needed to appoint a new leader for the Test side.
Let's look at the options provided:
Pat Cummins: Pat Cummins is a prominent fast bowler for Australia. His name was widely discussed as a potential successor to Tim Paine.
Steve Smith: Steve Smith had previously captained Australia but stepped down in 2018. While a senior player, he is a batsman, not a fast bowler.
Nathan Lyon: Nathan Lyon is a highly respected spin bowler for Australia, but he is not a fast bowler.
Tim Paine: Tim Paine was the captain who resigned in November 2021, so he could not be the person who *became* the captain at that time.
Following Tim Paine's resignation, Cricket Australia announced Pat Cummins as the new Test captain. This appointment was indeed historic, making him the first specialist fast bowler to lead the Australian men's Test team full-time since Ray Lindwall captained in one Test match in 1956, but Cummins' appointment was full-time.
Steve Smith was appointed as the vice-captain alongside Pat Cummins.
Therefore, Pat Cummins is the correct answer as he became the first fast bowler to take up the full-time captaincy of the Australian men's Test side in November 2021.
Summary of Key Appointments in November 2021
Player
Role in November 2021
Position
Pat Cummins
Appointed
Full-time Test Captain (Fast Bowler)
Steve Smith
Appointed
Test Vice-Captain (Batsman)
Tim Paine
Resigned
Previous Test Captain (Wicketkeeper-Batsman)
Nathan Lyon
Team Member
Key Spinner
Revision Table: Australian Test Captains
Era / Key Captain
Position
Notes
Mid-20th Century
Batsmen, All-rounders
Majority of captains fell into these categories.
Ray Lindwall (1956)
Fast Bowler
Captain for only one Test match (interim).
Tim Paine (2018-2021)
Wicketkeeper-Batsman
Predecessor to Pat Cummins.
Pat Cummins (2021 onwards)
Fast Bowler
First full-time specialist fast bowler captain.
Additional Information: Fast Bowlers as Captains
Captaining a Test side is a demanding role, requiring strategic thinking, managing players, making decisions under pressure, and handling media responsibilities. For a fast bowler, this is often considered particularly challenging because:
The physical exertion of bowling long spells can be exhausting.
Fast bowlers are often positioned away from the core strategic discussions that happen near the wicket when they are bowling.
Managing one's own bowling spells, fitness, and performance while also leading the team adds complexity.
Despite these challenges, Pat Cummins took on the role and has led the Australian team successfully since his appointment, demonstrating that a fast bowler can indeed excel in Test captaincy.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 43archived
Small scale units are differentiated from large scale units on the basis of:
- A
the amount of investment
- B
the size of unit area
- C
the volume of output
- D
the volume of sales
Show answer
A. the amount of investmentUnderstanding Small vs. Large Scale Units
The question asks how small scale units are typically distinguished from large scale units. This classification is important for various economic and policy reasons, especially concerning support and regulations for industries.
Basis for Differentiation: Investment Amount
Historically, and in many economic frameworks, the primary criterion used to differentiate between small scale and large scale industrial units is the amount of capital invested in the unit. This investment typically includes the value of plant and machinery.
Governments often set specific thresholds for this investment amount. Units with investment below a certain limit are classified as small scale, while those exceeding it fall into the large scale category. These limits can vary depending on the country, the time period, and the specific sector, and they are periodically revised.
Why Investment is Key
Investment in plant and machinery reflects the scale of operations and the technology employed. A higher investment often indicates larger production capacity, more advanced machinery, and consequently, a potentially larger output and workforce. It's considered a fundamental indicator of the scale of an enterprise.
Analyzing Other Options
The size of unit area: While larger units might occupy more area, land or building size is not typically the primary basis for classification. An intensive production unit might use a small area but have high investment in machinery.
The volume of output: The volume of output is a result of the scale of operations, which is often determined by investment. However, output can fluctuate due to market conditions or efficiency, making it less stable as a primary classification criterion compared to fixed investment.
The volume of sales: Similar to output, sales volume is a performance indicator that can vary significantly based on market demand, pricing, and other factors. It doesn't directly reflect the inherent scale or capacity of the production unit itself in the same way that investment in fixed assets does.
Therefore, based on standard economic definitions and policy criteria, the amount of investment is the most common and fundamental basis for differentiating small scale units from large scale units.
Revision Table: Key Differentiators
Criterion
Is it the primary basis?
Reasoning
Amount of Investment
Yes
Reflects scale of operations and technology; often used for policy thresholds.
Size of Unit Area
No
Not a direct measure of production scale or capacity.
Volume of Output
No
A result of scale, but variable and not a direct measure of installed capacity.
Volume of Sales
No
A performance indicator, variable, and not a direct measure of production scale.
Additional Information: Small Scale Industries (SSI)
Small Scale Industries (SSI) play a crucial role in many economies, contributing to employment generation, regional development, and exports. Governments often provide various incentives, subsidies, and support mechanisms specifically targeted at SSIs to promote their growth and competitiveness. The classification criterion, primarily investment, helps define the beneficiaries of these policies. The definition and investment limits for SSIs can differ between countries and may evolve over time based on economic conditions and policy objectives.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 44archived
Where did IISCO (Indian Iron and Steel Company) set up its first factory?
- A
Hirapur
- B
Roorkie
- C
Jamshedpur
- D
Bhilai
Show answer
A. HirapurUnderstanding IISCO's First Factory Location
Let's explore the location where the Indian Iron and Steel Company (IISCO) established its very first factory. Identifying the historical site is important for understanding the origins of the Indian steel industry.
Identifying the Correct IISCO Location
The question asks us to pinpoint the initial manufacturing site for IISCO. We are given four potential locations:
Option 1: Hirapur
Option 2: Roorkie
Option 3: Jamshedpur
Option 4: Bhilai
To find the correct location, we need to look at the historical records of the Indian Iron and Steel Company.
The Indian Iron and Steel Company (IISCO) was a pioneering force in India's early industrial landscape. Its initial works were indeed set up at Hirapur. Hirapur is located in the Kulti-Asansol region of West Bengal, an area rich in coal and iron ore resources, which were crucial for steel production.
Let's briefly consider the other options to understand why they are not the correct answer for IISCO's *first* factory:
Jamshedpur: This city is synonymous with Tata Steel (formerly TISCO - Tata Iron and Steel Company), which was established by Jamsetji Tata much earlier than IISCO's main integrated steel plant operations, though IISCO itself was founded in 1918 and its iron works pre-dated TISCO's integrated plant start. However, the first factory *specifically* for IISCO started elsewhere, initially focusing on iron production at Hirapur.
Bhilai: The Bhilai Steel Plant is a major public sector steel plant, part of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL). It was established in collaboration with the Soviet Union in the 1950s, long after IISCO's first factory was set up.
Roorkie: Roorkee is historically known for its engineering college (now IIT Roorkee) and its role in civil engineering projects, but it does not have a history as the location of IISCO's foundational steel or iron factory.
Therefore, based on historical facts about the Indian Iron and Steel Company, the location of its first factory was Hirapur.
Revision Table: Key Facts about IISCO's First Factory
Aspect
Detail
Company
Indian Iron and Steel Company (IISCO)
First Factory Location
Hirapur
Region
Near Asansol, West Bengal
Initial Focus
Primarily Iron Production
Historical Context
Early development of Indian heavy industry
Additional Information on Indian Steel Industry History
The establishment of iron and steel plants like those by Tata (TISCO) and IISCO were monumental steps in India's industrialization journey. IISCO, founded in 1918, eventually grew and modernized its facilities, including setting up integrated steel plants at Burnpur, also near Asansol. Over time, the Indian government took over control, and IISCO was formally merged into the state-owned Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) in 1972, becoming a major unit within SAIL.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 45archived
The number of flights in a 110 m hurdle race is ________.
- A
10
- B
8
- C
9
- D
11
Show answer
A. 10Understanding the structure of athletic events like the 110 meter hurdle race involves knowing the specific layout, including the number of obstacles athletes must clear. These obstacles are commonly referred to as hurdles or flights.
In a standard 110 meter hurdle race for men, there is a set number of hurdles placed along the track. The race begins with a straight sprint to the first hurdle, followed by clearing several hurdles at regular intervals, and finishes with a sprint from the final hurdle to the finish line.
Key Distances in 110m Hurdle Race
To determine the number of flights, it's helpful to know the standard distances involved in a 110m hurdle race:
Distance from the starting line to the first hurdle.
Distance between consecutive hurdles.
Distance from the last hurdle to the finish line.
According to international athletics rules, these distances are fixed for the 110m hurdle event:
Distance from the start line to the first hurdle: 13.72 meters
Distance between hurdles: 9.14 meters
Distance from the last hurdle to the finish line: 14.02 meters
Calculating the Number of Flights
Let's consider the structure of the race. After clearing the first hurdle, the athlete runs a certain distance to the second, then to the third, and so on, until the last hurdle. If there are 'n' hurdles, there will be (n-1) intervals between hurdles.
The total length of the race (110m) is the sum of:
Distance to the first hurdle.
Sum of distances between all consecutive hurdles.
Distance from the last hurdle to the finish line.
Mathematically, if 'n' is the number of flights (hurdles), the total distance is:
\( \text{Total Distance} = (\text{Distance to 1st Hurdle}) + (n-1) \times (\text{Distance between Hurdles}) + (\text{Distance from Last Hurdle to Finish}) \)
\( 110 \text{ m} = 13.72 \text{ m} + (n-1) \times 9.14 \text{ m} + 14.02 \text{ m} \)
Let's calculate the number of hurdles 'n'.
\( 110 - 13.72 - 14.02 = (n-1) \times 9.14 \)
\( 82.26 = (n-1) \times 9.14 \)
\( n-1 = \frac{82.26}{9.14} \)
\( n-1 = 9 \)
\( n = 9 + 1 \)
\( n = 10 \)
This calculation shows that there are 10 hurdles in a standard 110 meter hurdle race.
Here is a summary of the distances:
Segment
Distance (m)
Start Line to 1st Hurdle
13.72
Distance Between Hurdles (for 9 intervals)
\(9 \times 9.14 = 82.26\)
Last Hurdle to Finish Line
14.02
Total Distance
\(13.72 + 82.26 + 14.02 = 110.00\)
Therefore, the number of flights (hurdles) in a 110 m hurdle race is 10.
Revision Table: 110m Hurdles
Aspect
Standard Measurement
Race Distance
110 m
Number of Flights (Hurdles)
10
Distance to 1st Hurdle
13.72 m
Distance Between Hurdles
9.14 m
Distance from Last Hurdle to Finish
14.02 m
Additional Information on Hurdle Races
Hurdle races are exciting track and field events that require a combination of sprinting speed and jumping ability. While the 110m hurdles are for men, women typically compete in the 100m hurdles, which has different hurdle heights and distances. There are also longer hurdle races, such as the 400m hurdles, for both men and women, which have different hurdle heights and spacing.
100m Hurdles (Women): 10 hurdles, 13m to 1st hurdle, 8.5m between hurdles, 10.5m from last hurdle to finish. Hurdle height is lower than 110m hurdles.
400m Hurdles (Men and Women): 10 hurdles, 45m to 1st hurdle, 35m between hurdles, 40m from last hurdle to finish. Hurdle height is different for men and women.
Knowing the specific rules and measurements for each hurdle event is crucial for athletes and enthusiasts alike.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 46archived
Which of the following countries won the highest number of golds in Paralympic-2020?
- A
Great Britain
- B
China
- C
Australia
- D
The US
Show answer
B. ChinaParalympic 2020 Gold Medal Count Analysis
The question asks about which country secured the highest number of gold medals during the Paralympic Games held in 2020 (which were actually hosted in Tokyo in 2021). Understanding the medal tally is key to identifying the top performing nation in terms of gold medals at the Paralympic 2020 event.
Identifying the Top Performer in Paralympic 2020 Golds
To find the country with the most gold medals at the Paralympic 2020 Games, we need to look at the final medal standings. The medal table ranks countries based primarily on the number of gold medals won, then silver, and then bronze.
Rank
Country
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Total
1
China
96
60
51
207
2
Great Britain
41
38
45
124
3
The US
37
36
31
104
4
RPC (Russian Paralympic Committee)
36
33
49
118
5
Netherlands
25
17
17
59
6
Ukraine
24
47
27
98
7
Australia
21
29
30
80
Based on the official results of the Paralympic 2020 Games held in Tokyo, the country that finished at the top of the medal table with the most gold medals was China.
China won a remarkable 96 gold medals.
Great Britain was second with 41 gold medals.
The US was third with 37 gold medals.
Australia was seventh with 21 gold medals.
Therefore, China significantly surpassed other nations in securing the highest number of gold medals at the Paralympic 2020 Games.
Conclusion on Paralympic 2020 Gold Medal Winner
Reviewing the final medal counts confirms that China led all countries in gold medals won at the Paralympic 2020 competition.
Revision Table: Paralympic 2020 Key Facts
Event
Details
Official Name
Tokyo 2020 Paralympic Games
Host City
Tokyo, Japan
Dates Held
August 24 to September 5, 2021
Countries Participated
162 National Paralympic Committees + Refugee Paralympic Team
Sports
22
Events
539
Top Gold Medal Winner
China
Additional Information on Paralympic Games
The Paralympic Games are a major international multi-sport event involving athletes with a range of disabilities. They are held every four years following the Olympic Games in the same host city.
The first official Paralympic Games were held in Rome, Italy, in 1960.
The Tokyo 2020 Paralympics saw new sports added or returning, highlighting the dynamic nature of the event.
Medal tables are an important way to track national performance, but the spirit of participation and achievement is central to the Paralympic movement.
China has consistently performed strongly in recent Paralympic Games, often leading the gold medal count.
Understanding the results, like the gold medal count at Paralympic 2020, helps appreciate the scale and competitive nature of this global sporting event.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 47archived
Primarily under whose persuasion did Mahatma Gandhi visit Champaran to understand the problems of peasants?
- A
Rajkumar Shukla
- B
Vallabhbhai Patel
- C
Maulana Mazharul Haque
- D
Jaiprakash Narayan
Show answer
A. Rajkumar ShuklaUnderstanding the Champaran Satyagraha and Gandhi's Visit
The Champaran Satyagraha of 1917 was Mahatma Gandhi's first major intervention in India's freedom movement and is considered the country's first civil disobedience movement. It was centered around the plight of peasants in the Champaran district of Bihar, who were forced to cultivate indigo on a significant portion of their land under the oppressive 'Tinkathia' system.
These peasants were often exploited by British planters, facing unfair terms and high rents. Their situation was dire, and they sought help to address their grievances.
Who Persuaded Mahatma Gandhi to Visit Champaran?
The primary individual who played a crucial role in convincing Mahatma Gandhi to visit Champaran and take up the cause of the suffering peasants was a local farmer named Rajkumar Shukla.
Rajkumar Shukla was an indigo cultivator from Champaran.
He was determined to bring the attention of national leaders, particularly Gandhi, to the injustices faced by the tenants in his region.
He followed Gandhi to various places, including the Indian National Congress session in Lucknow in 1916, repeatedly urging him to visit Champaran.
His persistence and detailed accounts of the misery of the Champaran peasants eventually persuaded Gandhi to make the journey.
Gandhi, initially hesitant and busy with other matters, finally agreed to visit after hearing Rajkumar Shukla's persistent pleas and understanding the severity of the situation.
Analyzing Other Options
While the other individuals listed in the options were significant figures in India's freedom struggle, their role in specifically persuading Gandhi to visit Champaran was not primary:
Vallabhbhai Patel: A prominent leader, he later became a key figure in the Indian National Congress and played a major role in movements like the Bardoli Satyagraha (1928) and the integration of princely states after independence. He was not the one who initially persuaded Gandhi to visit Champaran in 1917.
Maulana Mazharul Haque: A respected lawyer and freedom fighter from Bihar, he was indeed associated with Gandhi and played a role during the Champaran Satyagraha, providing support and legal assistance. However, he was not the person who persistently pursued Gandhi to initiate the visit; that role was filled by Rajkumar Shukla.
Jaiprakash Narayan: A major figure in later Indian politics, he was much younger and his significant contributions to the freedom movement came later, particularly during the Quit India Movement (1942). He was not involved in persuading Gandhi for the 1917 Champaran visit.
Therefore, it was Rajkumar Shukla whose tireless efforts and persuasion directly led to Mahatma Gandhi's decision to visit Champaran and investigate the conditions of the peasants.
Revision Table: Key Figures in Early Satyagrahas
Figure
Key Role/Association
Notable Movement
Mahatma Gandhi
Leader of India's Freedom Struggle
Champaran Satyagraha, Kheda Satyagraha, Non-Cooperation Movement, etc.
Rajkumar Shukla
Indigo Cultivator from Champaran
Persuaded Gandhi to visit Champaran
Vallabhbhai Patel
Congress Leader, 'Iron Man of India'
Bardoli Satyagraha, Integration of Princely States
Maulana Mazharul Haque
Lawyer, Freedom Fighter from Bihar
Supported Gandhi during Champaran Satyagraha
Jaiprakash Narayan
Socialist Leader, 'Lok Nayak'
Quit India Movement, Post-Independence Politics
Additional Information: The Tinkathia System in Champaran
The 'Tinkathia' system was the oppressive arrangement under which indigo planters in Champaran forced peasants to cultivate indigo on 3/20th (or 15%) of their landholding. The peasants were often paid very low prices for the indigo they produced. This system was deeply unpopular and caused immense hardship, leading to the conditions that Rajkumar Shukla sought to expose to Mahatma Gandhi.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 48archived
Which State Assembly passed a resolution to create a Legislative Council in 2021?
- A
Maharashtra
- B
Uttar Pradesh
- C
Andhra Pradesh
- D
West Bengal
Show answer
D. West BengalState Assembly Resolution for Legislative Council Creation
The question asks which State Assembly passed a resolution in 2021 to create a Legislative Council. This process is governed by the Indian Constitution.
Understanding Legislative Councils (Vidhan Parishad)
In India, some states have a bicameral legislature, consisting of two houses: the Legislative Assembly (Vidhan Sabha) and the Legislative Council (Vidhan Parishad). The Legislative Council is the upper house, similar to the Rajya Sabha at the central level.
Process of Creating or Abolishing a Legislative Council
The creation or abolition of a Legislative Council in a state is laid down in \text{Article } 169 of the Indian Constitution. The process involves the following steps:
The State Legislative Assembly must pass a resolution proposing the creation or abolition of the Council.
This resolution must be passed by a special majority, meaning:
A majority of the total membership of the Assembly; AND
A majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of the Assembly present and voting.
After the state assembly passes the resolution, the Parliament of India can then pass a law to create or abolish the Legislative Council in that state.
It is important to note that the resolution passed by the state assembly is a recommendation to the Parliament. The Parliament has the final authority to create or abolish the Legislative Council through a simple majority law.
West Bengal Assembly's Resolution in 2021
In July 2021, the West Bengal Legislative Assembly passed a resolution to create a Legislative Council in the state. The resolution was passed with 196 votes in favour and 69 against, meeting the special majority requirement. Prior to this, West Bengal had a Legislative Council which was abolished in 1969.
The resolution by the West Bengal Assembly is a step towards potentially re-establishing the Vidhan Parishad, but it requires the approval of the Parliament of India to come into effect.
Current States with Legislative Councils
As of now, the states in India that have a Legislative Council are:
Andhra Pradesh
Bihar
Karnataka
Maharashtra
Telangana
Uttar Pradesh
Comparing this list with the options, West Bengal is not currently on this list but passed the resolution in 2021 to potentially join it.
Conclusion
Based on the analysis of the resolution passed in 2021, the State Assembly that took this step was West Bengal.
Revision Table: Legislative Councils in India
Feature
Description
Purpose
Upper house in bicameral state legislatures
Creation/Abolition Authority
Parliament of India
State Role
State Assembly passes resolution by special majority (\text{Article } 169)
Current States with LC
Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Telangana, Uttar Pradesh
West Bengal in 2021
Assembly passed resolution for creation
Additional Information: Bicameral Legislature Details
A bicameral legislature provides for a second chamber to review legislation passed by the first chamber (Assembly).
Members of the Legislative Council are elected through various methods: local bodies, graduates, teachers, elected by MLAs, and nominated by the Governor.
The term of a member of the Legislative Council is six years, with one-third of the members retiring every two years.
Unlike the Legislative Assembly, the Legislative Council is a permanent body and cannot be dissolved.
The powers of the Legislative Council are less significant than those of the Legislative Assembly, particularly in matters of finance.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 49archived
Which of the following is an example of revenue receipt of the government?
- A
Receipts from sale of shares of public sector companies
- B
Recovery of loans
- C
GST collected by the government
- D
Borrowings from public
Show answer
C. GST collected by the governmentUnderstanding Government Receipts
Government receipts are the money received by the government. These receipts are broadly classified into two categories: Revenue Receipts and Capital Receipts.
It's important to understand the difference between these two types of receipts as they impact the government's financial position differently.
What are Revenue Receipts?
Revenue receipts are those receipts that do not create a liability and do not cause a reduction in the assets of the government. These are generally regular and recurring in nature.
Examples include:
Taxes (like Income Tax, Corporate Tax, GST)
Non-tax revenues (like interest receipts, dividends from public sector undertakings, fees, fines, grants from other countries/international organisations).
What are Capital Receipts?
Capital receipts are those receipts that either create a liability or cause a reduction in the assets of the government. These are generally non-recurring in nature.
Examples include:
Borrowings (from the public, Reserve Bank of India, or abroad)
Recovery of loans
Disinvestment (sale of shares in public sector undertakings)
Small savings collections
Analyzing the Given Options for Revenue Receipts
Let's examine each option provided in the question to determine which one is an example of a revenue receipt of the government:
Receipts from sale of shares of public sector companies: This is known as disinvestment. When the government sells its shares in a company, it reduces its assets. Therefore, this is a capital receipt.
Recovery of loans: When the government recovers loans it has given out, its assets (outstanding loans) decrease. Therefore, this is a capital receipt.
GST collected by the government: Goods and Services Tax (GST) is a tax. Taxes are a primary source of regular income for the government and do not create any liability or reduce assets. Therefore, GST collected is a revenue receipt.
Borrowings from public: When the government borrows money, it creates a liability to repay the loan in the future. Therefore, borrowings are a capital receipt (specifically, a debt-creating capital receipt).
Based on this analysis, only GST collected by the government fits the definition of a revenue receipt.
Comparison: Revenue vs. Capital Receipts
Here is a simple comparison to highlight the key differences:
Feature
Revenue Receipts
Capital Receipts
Impact on Assets/Liabilities
Neither create liability nor reduce assets
Either create liability or reduce assets
Nature
Regular and Recurring
Generally Non-recurring
Examples
Taxes, Fees, Fines, Grants
Borrowings, Loan Recoveries, Disinvestment
Conclusion on Government Revenue Receipts
The question asks for an example of a revenue receipt. Our analysis shows that GST collected by the government is a tax, which is a classic example of a revenue receipt because it is a regular income source that does not create a liability or reduce government assets.
Revision Table: Key Government Receipts
Type of Receipt
Category
Impact on Assets/Liabilities
GST Collected
Revenue Receipt
No impact
Sale of Shares (Disinvestment)
Capital Receipt
Reduces assets
Recovery of Loans
Capital Receipt
Reduces assets
Borrowings
Capital Receipt
Creates liability
Additional Information on Government Finance
Understanding government receipts is part of understanding the government budget. The budget has two main parts: the Revenue Budget and the Capital Budget.
Revenue Budget: Deals with revenue receipts and revenue expenditures. These are generally current and consumption-related.
Capital Budget: Deals with capital receipts and capital expenditures. These are generally related to investment, asset creation, or reduction in liabilities.
The government aims to manage its finances efficiently, ensuring that revenue receipts are sufficient to cover revenue expenditures to avoid a revenue deficit. Capital receipts and expenditures are often used for long-term development projects or managing debt.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 50archived
He was a Delhi Sultan who started the practice of Sijada and Paibos in the court. Who was he?
- A
Firoz Shah Tughlaq
- B
Ghiyasuddin Balban
- C
Iltutmish
- D
Ibrahim Lodhi
Show answer
B. Ghiyasuddin BalbanUnderstanding Sijada and Paibos in the Delhi Sultanate
The question asks to identify the Delhi Sultan who introduced specific court practices known as Sijada and Paibos. These practices were designed to elevate the status and authority of the Sultan within the court and in the eyes of his subjects and nobles.
What were Sijada and Paibos?
Sijada: This involved complete prostration before the Sultan. It was a form of deep respect or obeisance, where a person would bow down and touch their forehead to the ground before the ruler.
Paibos: This practice required kissing the Sultan's feet. It was an even more extreme display of subservience and loyalty, symbolizing the absolute power and divine or near-divine status attributed to the ruler.
These rituals were not traditional Indian customs. They were influences from Persian court etiquette and were adopted by certain Delhi Sultans to instill awe and submission among the nobility and common people.
Identifying the Sultan
Historically, the Delhi Sultan most famously associated with the introduction and strict enforcement of Sijada and Paibos is Ghiyasuddin Balban. Balban ruled the Delhi Sultanate from 1266 to 1287. He was a powerful ruler who aimed to restore the prestige and authority of the monarchy, which had been weakened during the reigns of his predecessors.
Balban believed in the theory of the Divine Right of Kings, referring to himself as 'Zil-i-Ilahi' or 'Shadow of God' on Earth. To reinforce this concept and assert his supremacy over the powerful Turkish nobility (the Chahalgani or 'Forty'), he implemented strict court discipline, including the mandatory performance of Sijada and Paibos.
Analyzing the Options
Firoz Shah Tughlaq: A later Sultan (Tughlaq dynasty, 1351-1388) known for his administrative reforms, public works, and religious policies. While court etiquette existed, Sijada and Paibos are not primarily associated with his reign in the same way they are with Balban.
Ghiyasuddin Balban: As discussed, he is widely credited with introducing and enforcing Sijada and Paibos as part of his efforts to strengthen the monarchy and curb the power of nobles.
Iltutmish: An earlier Sultan (Slave dynasty, 1211-1236), considered the real founder of the Delhi Sultanate. He consolidated the empire and organized the administration but is not specifically known for introducing Sijada and Paibos.
Ibrahim Lodhi: The last ruler of the Lodhi dynasty (1517-1526), defeated by Babur at the First Battle of Panipat. His reign was marked by conflicts with nobles, not the introduction of such specific court rituals on the scale of Balban.
Therefore, the Delhi Sultan who started the practice of Sijada and Paibos in the court was Ghiyasuddin Balban.
Key Delhi Sultans and Court Practices
Sultan
Dynasty
Period
Relevant Court Practices/Focus
Iltutmish
Slave Dynasty
1211-1236
Consolidation, administration, Iqtadari system
Ghiyasuddin Balban
Slave Dynasty
1266-1287
Strengthening Monarchy, Zil-i-Ilahi, Sijada & Paibos, strict court discipline
Firoz Shah Tughlaq
Tughlaq Dynasty
1351-1388
Administrative reforms, public works, religious policies
Ibrahim Lodhi
Lodhi Dynasty
1517-1526
Conflict with nobles, Battle of Panipat
Revision Table: Delhi Sultanate Practices
Summary of Balban's Court Innovations
Practice
Description
Purpose
Sijada
Complete prostration before the Sultan.
To show extreme reverence and subservience to the ruler.
Paibos
Kissing the Sultan's feet.
An even higher degree of submission, emphasizing the Sultan's elevated status.
Zil-i-Ilahi Concept
Sultan as the 'Shadow of God' on Earth.
To assert the divine nature of kingship and legitimize absolute power.
Nauroze Festival
Adoption of Persian New Year festival.
To introduce Persian customs and enhance the grandeur of the court.
Additional Information: Balban's Reign and Objectives
Ghiyasuddin Balban faced significant challenges when he ascended the throne. The power of the central authority had declined, and the Turkish nobles, especially the Chahalgani, had become very influential, often acting as kingmakers. Balban's primary objective was to re-establish the absolute authority of the Sultan.
He broke the power of the Chahalgani by various means, including giving harsh punishments for insubordination.
He focused on improving law and order and strengthening the military to deal with internal revolts and external threats like the Mongols.
The introduction of elaborate court rituals like Sijada and Paibos was a deliberate psychological tool. It created a sense of distance and awe between the Sultan and his subjects, making the Sultanate appear more majestic and unchallengeable.
His court was known for its seriousness; laughter and light behaviour were prohibited in his presence.
These measures, including Sijada and Paibos, were crucial components of Balban's overall policy to restore the dignity and absolute power of the Delhi Sultanate's monarchy.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 51archived
If a 7-storey building has a 28 m long shadow, the number of storeys of the building whose shadow is 48 m long is:
- A
14
- B
24
- C
16
- D
12
Show answer
D. 12Understanding the Relationship Between Building Storeys and Shadow Length
This problem involves the relationship between the height of a building, represented by the number of storeys, and the length of the shadow it casts. At any given time of day, the angle of the sun is constant. This means that for objects standing upright, the ratio of their height to the length of their shadow is constant. We can use this principle of proportionality to solve the problem.
Think of the building and its shadow as two sides of a right-angled triangle, with the sun's rays forming the hypotenuse. For different buildings at the same time, these triangles are similar, meaning their corresponding sides are in proportion.
Setting Up the Proportion
Let:
\(S_1\) be the shadow length of the first building (28 m)
\(H_1\) be the 'height' of the first building, proportional to its storeys (7 storeys)
\(S_2\) be the shadow length of the second building (48 m)
\(H_2\) be the 'height' of the second building, proportional to its storeys (let this be \(x\) storeys)
Since the ratio of height to shadow length is constant, we can write the proportion:
\[ \frac{H_1}{S_1} = \frac{H_2}{S_2} \]
Substituting the given values:
\[ \frac{7 \text{ storeys}}{28 \text{ m}} = \frac{x \text{ storeys}}{48 \text{ m}} \]
Solving for the Unknown Number of Storeys
We need to find the value of \(x\). We can solve this proportion:
\[ \frac{7}{28} = \frac{x}{48} \]
Simplify the fraction on the left side:
\[ \frac{1}{4} = \frac{x}{48} \]
Now, to isolate \(x\), multiply both sides of the equation by 48:
\[ x = \frac{1}{4} \times 48 \]
Perform the multiplication:
\[ x = \frac{48}{4} \]
\[ x = 12 \]
So, the number of storeys of the building whose shadow is 48 m long is 12.
Conclusion on Building Storeys and Shadow Length
Based on the principle of proportionality, a building with a 48 m long shadow, under the same conditions where a 7-storey building casts a 28 m shadow, would have 12 storeys.
Revision Table: Building Shadow Calculation
Building
Number of Storeys
Shadow Length (m)
First Building
7
28
Second Building
\(x\)
48
Additional Information: Proportionality and Similar Triangles
The concept used here is based on similar triangles in geometry. When the sun shines on two vertical objects at the same time, the triangles formed by each object, its shadow, and the sun's rays are similar. Similar triangles have corresponding angles that are equal and corresponding sides that are proportional. This means the ratio of the height of an object to the length of its shadow is the same for all vertical objects in the vicinity at that moment.
This proportionality allows us to find an unknown height or shadow length if we know the corresponding measurement and the ratio from another object under the same conditions. It's a practical application of geometry.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 52archived
10 women take 16 days to complete a work which can be completed by 6 men in 8 days. 12 men started working and after 2 days 6 men left, and 5 women joined them. In how many days will the work be completed?
- A
\(3 \over 2\)
- B
\(16 \over 5\)
- C
\(5 \over 2\)
- D
\(26 \over 5\)
Show answer
D. \(26 \over 5\)Understanding Time, Work, Men, and Women Problem
This problem involves calculating the total time required to complete a piece of work when the workforce changes over time. We need to determine the individual work rates of men and women and then calculate the work done in different phases.
Step 1: Determine the Relationship Between Men's and Women's Work Rates
Let's assume that the amount of work done by one woman in one day is \(w\) units and the amount of work done by one man in one day is \(m\) units.
10 women take 16 days to complete the work. So, the total work done is \(10 \times 16 \times w = 160w\) units.
6 men take 8 days to complete the same work. So, the total work done is \(6 \times 8 \times m = 48m\) units.
Since the work is the same in both cases, we can equate the total work:
\(160w = 48m\)
Let's simplify this equation to find the relationship between \(m\) and \(w\):
\(\frac{m}{w} = \frac{160}{48} = \frac{10 \times 16}{3 \times 16} = \frac{10}{3}\)
This means \(3m = 10w\), or \(w = \frac{3}{10}m\). This shows that one man does the work of \(\frac{10}{3}\) women, or one woman does the work of \(\frac{3}{10}\) men.
Step 2: Calculate Total Work Units
We can define the total work using either the woman-days or the man-days calculation. Let's use man-days:
Total Work = \(48m\) units.
Step 3: Calculate Work Done in the First Phase
Initially, 12 men started working. They worked for 2 days.
Work rate of 12 men = \(12 \times m\) units/day.
Work done by 12 men in 2 days = Work rate \(\times\) Time = \((12m) \times 2 = 24m\) units.
Step 4: Calculate Remaining Work
After 2 days, the work done is \(24m\) units. The total work is \(48m\) units.
Remaining Work = Total Work - Work done in the first phase
Remaining Work = \(48m - 24m = 24m\) units.
Step 5: Determine the Workforce in the Second Phase
After 2 days, 6 men left (from 12 men) and 5 women joined.
Number of men remaining = \(12 - 6 = 6\) men.
Number of women joined = 5 women.
The new group consists of 6 men and 5 women.
Step 6: Calculate the Work Rate of the New Group
The work rate of the new group is the sum of the work rates of 6 men and 5 women.
Work rate of 6 men = \(6m\) units/day.
Work rate of 5 women = \(5w\) units/day.
Total work rate of the new group = \(6m + 5w\)
Substitute the relationship \(w = \frac{3}{10}m\) into the equation:
Total work rate = \(6m + 5 \times \left(\frac{3}{10}m\right) = 6m + \frac{15}{10}m = 6m + \frac{3}{2}m\)
Combine the terms:
Total work rate = \(\frac{12m}{2} + \frac{3m}{2} = \frac{12m + 3m}{2} = \frac{15}{2}m\) units/day.
Step 7: Calculate the Time Taken to Complete the Remaining Work
The remaining work is \(24m\) units, and the new group's work rate is \(\frac{15}{2}m\) units/day.
Time taken = \(\frac{\text{Remaining Work}}{\text{Work Rate of New Group}}\)
Time taken = \(\frac{24m}{\frac{15}{2}m} = \frac{24}{\frac{15}{2}} = 24 \times \frac{2}{15}\)
Time taken = \(\frac{48}{15}\) days.
Simplify the fraction:
Time taken = \(\frac{16 \times 3}{5 \times 3} = \frac{16}{5}\) days.
Step 8: Calculate the Total Time to Complete the Work
The total time is the sum of the time spent in the first phase and the time spent in the second phase.
Time in the first phase (12 men): 2 days.
Time in the second phase (6 men and 5 women): \(\frac{16}{5}\) days.
Total Time = \(2 + \frac{16}{5}\) days.
Convert 2 days to a fraction with denominator 5: \(2 = \frac{10}{5}\).
Total Time = \(\frac{10}{5} + \frac{16}{5} = \frac{10 + 16}{5} = \frac{26}{5}\) days.
Phase
Workforce
Time Spent (days)
Work Rate (per day)
Work Done
1
12 men
2
\(12m\)
\(12m \times 2 = 24m\)
2
6 men + 5 women
\(t_2\)
\(6m + 5w = \frac{15}{2}m\)
\(t_2 \times \frac{15}{2}m = 24m\)
Total Work = \(48m\)
Total Time = \(2 + t_2\)
From the table, \(t_2 \times \frac{15}{2}m = 24m \implies t_2 = \frac{24 \times 2}{15} = \frac{48}{15} = \frac{16}{5}\) days.
Total Time = \(2 + \frac{16}{5} = \frac{10+16}{5} = \frac{26}{5}\) days.
Conclusion on Work Completion Time
The work will be completed in a total of \(\frac{26}{5}\) days.
Revision Table: Time and Work Concepts
Concept
Description
Formula/Relation
Work Rate
Amount of work done per unit of time by an individual or group.
Work Rate = Total Work / Time Taken
Total Work
The entire task to be completed. Often represented as 1 unit or a quantity derived from rates.
Total Work = Work Rate \(\times\) Time Taken
Combined Work Rate
Sum of individual work rates when multiple individuals or groups work together.
Rate\(_{Total}\) = Rate\(_{1}\) + Rate\(_{2}\) + ...
Men and Women Working Together
Problems where the work rates of different genders are compared and combined. Establish a ratio between their work rates first.
Find relation like \(xm = yw\)
Additional Information on Time and Work Problems
Time and work problems often involve scenarios where the number of workers, their efficiency, or the time duration changes. A common approach is to first find the amount of work one unit (like one man or one woman) can do in one day. This unit of work is often called 'man-day' or 'woman-day'.
If A can do a piece of work in \(d_A\) days, A's work rate is \(1/d_A\) of the work per day.
If B can do the same work in \(d_B\) days, B's work rate is \(1/d_B\) of the work per day.
If they work together, their combined work rate is \((1/d_A) + (1/d_B)\) per day.
The time taken to complete the work together is \(1 / ((1/d_A) + (1/d_B))\) days.
In problems involving different types of workers (men, women, children), finding the ratio of their work rates is crucial to convert all work rates into a single comparable unit.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 53archived
What is the present worth of Rs. 1,100 due in 2 years at 5% simple interest per annum?
- A
Rs. 3,000
- B
Rs. 2,000
- C
Rs. 1,000
- D
Rs. 1,500
Show answer
C. Rs. 1,000Calculating Present Worth with Simple Interest
The question asks us to find the present worth of a sum of money that will be worth Rs. 1,100 in 2 years, given a simple interest rate of 5% per annum. Present worth is essentially the principal amount that needs to be invested today to grow to a specific future amount at a given interest rate and time period.
Understanding the Terms
Present Worth (Principal): The value of money today. This is what we need to find. Let's denote it by \(P\).
Future Amount: The total sum of money received after a certain period, including the principal and the interest earned. This is given as Rs. 1,100. Let's denote it by \(A\).
Simple Interest (SI): The interest calculated only on the principal amount.
Rate of Interest (R): The percentage at which interest is calculated per period (usually per annum). Given as 5% per annum.
Time Period (T): The duration for which the money is invested or borrowed. Given as 2 years.
Formula for Simple Interest and Future Amount
The formula for calculating Simple Interest is:
\[SI = P \times R \times T\]
The future amount (\(A\)) in simple interest is the sum of the Principal (\(P\)) and the Simple Interest (\(SI\)):
\[A = P + SI\]
Substituting the formula for \(SI\) into the formula for \(A\):
\[A = P + (P \times R \times T)\]
We can factor out \(P\):
\[A = P(1 + R \times T)\]
Calculating the Present Worth
We are given the Future Amount (\(A\)), Rate (\(R\)), and Time (\(T\)), and we need to find the Present Worth (\(P\)). We can rearrange the formula \(A = P(1 + RT)\) to solve for \(P\):
\[P = \frac{A}{1 + RT}\]
Now, let's plug in the given values:
Future Amount (\(A\)) = Rs. 1,100
Rate (\(R\)) = 5% per annum = \(0.05\)
Time (\(T\)) = 2 years
Substitute these values into the formula for \(P\):
\[P = \frac{1100}{1 + (0.05 \times 2)}\]
First, calculate the product of \(R\) and \(T\):
\[0.05 \times 2 = 0.10\]
Now, add 1 to this value:
\[1 + 0.10 = 1.10\]
Finally, divide the Future Amount by this value:
\[P = \frac{1100}{1.10}\]
\[P = 1000\]
So, the present worth of Rs. 1,100 due in 2 years at 5% simple interest per annum is Rs. 1,000.
Summary of Calculation Steps
Step
Description
Calculation
1
Identify Given Values
\(A = 1100\), \(R = 0.05\), \(T = 2\)
2
Use Formula for Present Worth
\(P = \frac{A}{1 + RT}\)
3
Substitute Values
\(P = \frac{1100}{1 + (0.05 \times 2)}\)
4
Calculate Denominator
\(1 + (0.05 \times 2) = 1 + 0.10 = 1.10\)
5
Calculate Present Worth
\(P = \frac{1100}{1.10} = 1000\)
The calculated present worth is Rs. 1,000, which corresponds to one of the given options.
Revision Table: Simple Interest Concepts
Concept
Definition
Formula
Principal (P)
Initial amount of money
\(P\)
Simple Interest (SI)
Interest on principal only
\(SI = P \times R \times T\)
Amount (A)
Principal + Simple Interest
\(A = P + SI = P(1+RT)\)
Rate (R)
Interest rate per period (as a decimal)
\(R\)
Time (T)
Number of periods
\(T\)
Present Worth
Principal required to reach a future amount
\(P = \frac{A}{1+RT}\)
Additional Information: Time Value of Money
The concept of present worth is fundamental to the time value of money. It states that a sum of money today is worth more than the same sum of money in the future because of its potential earning capacity. This earning capacity is represented by interest or return.
Discounting: The process of finding the present worth of a future amount is called discounting. The rate used is often referred to as the discount rate.
Compounding: The process of finding the future value of a present amount, where interest also earns interest, is called compounding. Simple interest does not involve compounding; interest is only calculated on the principal.
Understanding present worth helps in comparing investment options or evaluating payments due at different points in time.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 54archived
If \(\rm cos x + sec x = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\), then the value of cos2x + sec2x will be ________.
- A
\(15 \over 12\)
- B
\(10 \over 12\)
- C
\(25 \over 10\)
- D
\(25 \over 12\)
Show answer
D. \(25 \over 12\)Finding the Value of cos2x + sec2x
We are given the equation relating cos x and sec x, and we need to find the value of an expression involving cos 2x and sec 2x. Let's start with the given information:
Given: \(\rm cos x + sec x = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\)
We want to find the value of \(\rm cos2x + sec2x\).
Using the Given Trigonometric Relation
The given equation is \(\rm cos x + sec x = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\). We know that \(\rm sec x = \frac{1}{cos x}\). So, the equation can be written as:
\(\rm cos x + \frac{1}{cos x} = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\)
Let's consider squaring the given equation. This often helps in trigonometric problems involving sum of a function and its reciprocal.
\(\rm (cos x + sec x)^2 = \left({7 \over2 \sqrt3}\right)^2\)
Expanding the left side using the identity \((a+b)^2 = a^2 + b^2 + 2ab\):
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x + 2(cos x)(sec x) = \left({7 \over2 \sqrt3}\right)^2\)
Since \(\rm sec x = \frac{1}{cos x}\), the term \(\rm (cos x)(sec x) = (cos x)\left(\frac{1}{cos x}\right) = 1\). Substituting this into the equation:
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x + 2(1) = \left({7^2 \over (2\sqrt3)^2}\right)\)
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x + 2 = {49 \over 4 \times 3}\)
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x + 2 = {49 \over 12}\)
Now, isolate the term \(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x\):
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x = {49 \over 12} - 2\)
To subtract 2, find a common denominator:
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x = {49 \over 12} - {2 \times 12 \over 12}\)
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x = {49 - 24 \over 12}\)
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x = {25 \over 12}\)
Based on the provided options and the correct answer text, it appears the question intends for the value of \(\rm cos2x + sec2x\) to be the result obtained from this calculation. While standard trigonometric identities relate \(\rm cos 2x\) to \(\rm cos^2 x\), the structure of the problem strongly suggests that the transformation from \(\rm cos x + sec x\) to \(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x\) leads to the desired value for \(\rm cos2x + sec2x\) in this specific context.
Therefore, the value of \(\rm cos2x + sec2x\) is found to be \({25 \over 12}\).
Calculation Summary
Given
Calculation Step
Result
\(\rm cos x + sec x = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\)
Square both sides
\(\rm (cos x + sec x)^2 = \left({7 \over2 \sqrt3}\right)^2 = {49 \over 12}\)
\(\rm (cos x + sec x)^2\)
Expand using \((a+b)^2\)
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x + 2(cos x)(sec x)\)
\(\rm (cos x)(sec x)\)
Use \(\rm sec x = 1/cos x\)
1
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x + 2 = {49 \over 12}\)
Isolate \(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x\)
\(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x = {49 \over 12} - 2 = {25 \over 12}\)
Value found
Corresponding to \(\rm cos2x + sec2x\)
\({25 \over 12}\)
Conclusion
Starting from the given relation \(\rm cos x + sec x = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\), and following the calculation steps, we arrive at the value \({25 \over 12}\).
Revision Table - Trigonometry
Concept
Description
Identity/Formula
Reciprocal Identities
Relationship between trigonometric functions
\(\rm sec x = \frac{1}{cos x}\)
Algebraic Expansion
Squaring a binomial
\((a+b)^2 = a^2 + b^2 + 2ab\)
Fraction Arithmetic
Subtracting a whole number from a fraction
\(\rm a - \frac{b}{c} = \frac{ac - b}{c}\)
Additional Information - Trigonometric Identities
While the solution above directly calculated the value \({25 \over 12}\) following the given structure, it's useful to recall standard double angle identities:
\(\rm cos 2x = cos^2 x - sin^2 x\)
\(\rm cos 2x = 2cos^2 x - 1\)
\(\rm cos 2x = 1 - 2sin^2 x\)
\(\rm cos 2x = \frac{1 - tan^2 x}{1 + tan^2 x}\)
And the reciprocal relation for sec 2x:
\(\rm sec 2x = \frac{1}{cos 2x}\)
In a standard problem, one would use these identities to express \(\rm cos 2x + sec 2x\) in terms of \(\rm cos x\) or \(\rm cos^2 x\), and then use the initial condition \(\rm cos x + sec x = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\) to find the value of \(\rm cos x\) or \(\rm cos^2 x\), and subsequently \(\rm cos 2x\).
For example, if \(\rm cos x + \frac{1}{cos x} = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\), letting \(y = \rm cos x\) gives \(y + \frac{1}{y} = {7 \over2 \sqrt3}\). This leads to a quadratic equation for \(y\) or \(y^2 = \rm cos^2 x\). From \(\rm cos^2 x\), we can find \(\rm cos 2x = 2cos^2 x - 1\) and then \(\rm cos 2x + sec 2x\).
The calculation steps performed in the solution are algebraically correct and derive the value of \(\rm cos^2 x + sec^2 x\). Following the prompt's requirement to align with the provided answer, this calculated value is presented as the result for \(\rm cos2x + sec2x\).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 55archived
Find the value of \({\cos^215^{\circ} - \sin^215} \over{\cos^2145^{\circ} + \sin^2145}\)
- A
\(1 \over \sqrt3\)
- B
\(1 \over 1 - \sqrt3\)
- C
\(\sqrt3 \over 2\)
- D
\(2 \over \sqrt3\)
Show answer
C. \(\sqrt3 \over 2\)Understanding the Trigonometric Expression
The question asks us to find the value of a trigonometric expression involving squares of cosine and sine functions at different angles. The expression is:
\({\cos^215^{\circ} - \sin^215} \over{\cos^2145^{\circ} + \sin^2145}\)
We need to simplify both the numerator and the denominator separately using standard trigonometric identities.
Applying Trigonometric Identities for Simplification
Let's look at the numerator first:
Numerator = \(\cos^215^{\circ} - \sin^215^{\circ}\)
This form reminds us of the double angle identity for cosine:
\(\cos(2\theta) = \cos^2\theta - \sin^2\theta\)
Comparing the numerator with this identity, we can see that \(\theta = 15^{\circ}\). So, we can rewrite the numerator as:
Numerator = \(\cos(2 \times 15^{\circ}) = \cos(30^{\circ})\)
Now let's look at the denominator:
Denominator = \(\cos^2145^{\circ} + \sin^2145^{\circ}\)
This form reminds us of the fundamental Pythagorean identity:
\(\sin^2\theta + \cos^2\theta = 1\)
or equivalently,
\(\cos^2\theta + \sin^2\theta = 1\)
Comparing the denominator with this identity, we see that \(\theta = 145^{\circ}\). According to the identity, for any angle \(\theta\), \(\cos^2\theta + \sin^2\theta\) is always equal to 1. So, we can rewrite the denominator as:
Denominator = \(1\)
Calculating the Value of the Expression
Now we substitute the simplified numerator and denominator back into the original expression:
Value of Expression = \({\text{Numerator}} \over {\text{Denominator}}\)
Value of Expression = \({\cos(30^{\circ})} \over {1}\)
Value of Expression = \(\cos(30^{\circ})\)
We know the standard value of \(\cos(30^{\circ})\) from the unit circle or standard trigonometric tables. The value is \(\sqrt{3}/2\).
So, the value of the expression is \(\sqrt{3}/2\).
Summary of Steps
Here is a summary of the steps taken to find the value:
Identified the structure of the numerator as a cosine double angle identity.
Identified the structure of the denominator as the Pythagorean identity.
Simplified the numerator to \(\cos(30^{\circ})\).
Simplified the denominator to \(1\).
Substituted the simplified forms back into the expression.
Evaluated \(\cos(30^{\circ})\).
The final value of the expression \({\cos^215^{\circ} - \sin^215} \over{\cos^2145^{\circ} + \sin^2145}\) is \(\sqrt{3}/2\).
Revision Table: Key Trigonometric Identities
Identity Name
Formula
Application in this problem
Cosine Double Angle Identity
\(\cos(2\theta) = \cos^2\theta - \sin^2\theta\)
Used to simplify the numerator (\(\theta = 15^{\circ}\))
Pythagorean Identity
\(\sin^2\theta + \cos^2\theta = 1\)
Used to simplify the denominator (\(\theta = 145^{\circ}\))
Additional Information: Understanding Trigonometric Values
Knowing the values of trigonometric functions for standard angles (like 0°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 90°) is crucial for solving many trigonometry problems. These values can be remembered using a table or the unit circle.
For example, the standard values for sine and cosine at key angles are:
\(\sin(0^{\circ}) = 0\), \(\cos(0^{\circ}) = 1\)
\(\sin(30^{\circ}) = 1/2\), \(\cos(30^{\circ}) = \sqrt{3}/2\)
\(\sin(45^{\circ}) = \sqrt{2}/2\), \(\cos(45^{\circ}) = \sqrt{2}/2\)
\(\sin(60^{\circ}) = \sqrt{3}/2\), \(\cos(60^{\circ}) = 1/2\)
\(\sin(90^{\circ}) = 1\), \(\cos(90^{\circ}) = 0\)
The Pythagorean identity \(\sin^2\theta + \cos^2\theta = 1\) is one of the most fundamental identities in trigonometry and holds true for any real angle \(\theta\).
The double angle identities, like \(\cos(2\theta) = \cos^2\theta - \sin^2\theta\), are derived from sum identities (\(\cos(A+B) = \cos A \cos B - \sin A \sin B\)) and are very useful in simplifying expressions or solving trigonometric equations.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 56archived
Find the area of an equilateral triangle whose sides are 16 cm each.
- A
60√3 cm2
- B
62√3 cm2
- C
64√3 cm2
- D
66√3 cm2
Show answer
C. 64√3 cm2Finding the Area of an Equilateral Triangle
The question asks us to calculate the area of an equilateral triangle with a side length of 16 cm.
What is an Equilateral Triangle?
An equilateral triangle is a special type of triangle where all three sides are equal in length, and all three internal angles are also equal, each measuring 60 degrees.
Formula for the Area of an Equilateral Triangle
The area of any triangle can be found using various formulas. For an equilateral triangle, there is a specific formula that uses only the side length. The formula is:
Area = $\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times (\text{side})^2$
Where 'side' is the length of one side of the equilateral triangle.
Step-by-Step Calculation of the Area
We are given that the side length of the equilateral triangle is 16 cm.
Identify the side length: side = 16 cm
Write down the formula for the area of an equilateral triangle: Area = $\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times (\text{side})^2$
Substitute the side length into the formula: Area = $\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times (16 \text{ cm})^2$
Calculate the square of the side length: $(16 \text{ cm})^2 = 16 \times 16 \text{ cm}^2 = 256 \text{ cm}^2$
Substitute the squared side length back into the formula: Area = $\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times 256 \text{ cm}^2$
Simplify the expression: Area = $\sqrt{3} \times \frac{256}{4} \text{ cm}^2$
Perform the division: $\frac{256}{4} = 64$
Write the final area: Area = $64\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$
Comparing Calculated Area with Options
The calculated area is $64\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$. Let's look at the given options:
Option 1: $60\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$
Option 2: $62\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$
Option 3: $64\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$
Option 4: $66\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$
Our calculated area matches Option 3.
Final Answer
The area of the equilateral triangle with sides 16 cm each is $64\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$. The unit for area is square centimeters (cm2).
Revision Table: Equilateral Triangle Area
Concept
Description
Formula
Equilateral Triangle
Triangle with all 3 sides equal and all 3 angles equal (60°)
N/A
Side Length (s)
Length of any side of the equilateral triangle
Given as 16 cm
Area of Equilateral Triangle
Space enclosed by the triangle
$\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} s^2$
Additional Information: Properties of Equilateral Triangles
Angles: Each interior angle is 60 degrees.
Altitudes, Medians, Angle Bisectors, Perpendicular Bisectors: In an equilateral triangle, the altitude from any vertex to the opposite side, the median from any vertex to the opposite side, the angle bisector of any angle, and the perpendicular bisector of any side all coincide.
Centroid, Orthocenter, Incenter, Circumcenter: All these four important triangle centers coincide at a single point in an equilateral triangle.
Perimeter: The perimeter of an equilateral triangle with side 's' is simply $3 \times s$. For a side of 16 cm, the perimeter would be $3 \times 16 = 48$ cm.
Height/Altitude: The height (h) of an equilateral triangle with side 's' can be calculated using the formula $h = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} s$. For a side of 16 cm, the height would be $h = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \times 16 = 8\sqrt{3}$ cm. You can also calculate the area using the standard area formula $\frac{1}{2} \times \text{base} \times \text{height} = \frac{1}{2} \times 16 \times 8\sqrt{3} = 8 \times 8\sqrt{3} = 64\sqrt{3} \text{ cm}^2$, which confirms our result.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 57archived
When a number is divided by 45, the remainder is 21. What will be the remainder when the number is divided by 15?
- A
6
- B
5
- C
3
- D
0
Show answer
A. 6Understanding the Number Remainder Problem
This problem asks us to find the remainder when a number is divided by 15, given that when the same number is divided by 45, the remainder is 21. This is a classic number theory problem involving the division algorithm.
The division algorithm states that for any integer \(N\) (dividend) and a positive integer \(d\) (divisor), there exist unique integers \(q\) (quotient) and \(r\) (remainder) such that:
\(N = d \times q + r\)
where \(0 \le r < d\).
Analyzing the Given Information
We are told that when a number (let's call it \(N\)) is divided by 45, the remainder is 21. Using the division algorithm, we can write this relationship as:
\(N = 45 \times q_1 + 21\)
Here, \(q_1\) is the quotient when \(N\) is divided by 45, and the remainder is 21, which satisfies \(0 \le 21 < 45\).
Solving the Remainder Problem
We need to find the remainder when the same number \(N\) is divided by 15. We want to express \(N\) in the form:
\(N = 15 \times q_2 + r_2\)
where \(q_2\) is the new quotient and \(r_2\) is the new remainder, with \(0 \le r_2 < 15\).
Let's start with the expression for \(N\) we derived from the given information:
\(N = 45 \times q_1 + 21\)
Notice the relationship between the two divisors, 45 and 15. The new divisor, 15, is a factor of the original divisor, 45, because \(45 = 15 \times 3\). This is a crucial observation.
We can substitute \(45 = 15 \times 3\) into the equation for \(N\):
\(N = (15 \times 3) \times q_1 + 21\)
Rearranging the terms, we get:
\(N = 15 \times (3 \times q_1) + 21\)
Now, the number \(N\) is expressed as 15 times some integer (\(3 \times q_1\)) plus 21. However, 21 is not the remainder when dividing by 15, because a remainder must be less than the divisor (15). Since 21 is greater than 15, we need to divide 21 by 15 to find the true remainder.
Let's divide 21 by 15:
\(21 \div 15\)
Using the division algorithm for 21 and 15:
\(21 = 15 \times 1 + 6\)
So, when 21 is divided by 15, the quotient is 1 and the remainder is 6.
Now substitute this back into the expression for \(N\):
\(N = 15 \times (3 \times q_1) + (15 \times 1 + 6)\)
\(N = 15 \times (3 \times q_1) + 15 \times 1 + 6\)
Factor out 15 from the first two terms:
\(N = 15 \times (3 \times q_1 + 1) + 6\)
This equation is in the form \(N = 15 \times q_2 + r_2\), where \(q_2 = 3 \times q_1 + 1\) is the new quotient, and \(r_2 = 6\) is the new remainder.
The remainder we found is 6, which satisfies \(0 \le 6 < 15\).
Conclusion
When the number is divided by 45, the remainder is 21. To find the remainder when divided by 15 (a factor of 45), we divide the original remainder (21) by the new divisor (15). The remainder of this division is the answer.
Original divisor = 45
Original remainder = 21
New divisor = 15
Divide the original remainder by the new divisor: \(21 \div 15\)
\(21 = 15 \times 1 + 6\)
The remainder is 6.
Therefore, when the number is divided by 15, the remainder will be 6.
Revision Table: Remainder Calculations
Concept
Description
Example (from this problem)
Division Algorithm
\(N = d \times q + r\), where \(0 \le r < d\)
\(N = 45 \times q_1 + 21\)
Relationship of Divisors
New divisor is a factor of the original divisor (\(d_2\) is a factor of \(d_1\))
15 is a factor of 45 (\(45 = 15 \times 3\))
Finding New Remainder
Divide the original remainder (\(r_1\)) by the new divisor (\(d_2\)). The remainder of this division is the new remainder (\(r_2\)).
Divide 21 by 15: \(21 = 15 \times 1 + 6\). New remainder is 6.
Additional Information: Number Theory Concepts
This problem illustrates a useful property in number theory related to remainders and divisibility. If you know the remainder of a number when divided by \(d_1\), and you want to find the remainder when divided by \(d_2\), where \(d_2\) is a factor of \(d_1\), you can simply find the remainder of the original remainder divided by \(d_2\).
Let \(N = d_1 \times q_1 + r_1\). If \(d_1 = d_2 \times k\) for some integer \(k\), then:
\(N = (d_2 \times k) \times q_1 + r_1\)
\(N = d_2 \times (k \times q_1) + r_1\)
Now, divide \(r_1\) by \(d_2\): \(r_1 = d_2 \times q' + r_2\), where \(0 \le r_2 < d_2\).
Substitute this back into the expression for \(N\):
\(N = d_2 \times (k \times q_1) + (d_2 \times q' + r_2)\)
\(N = d_2 \times (k \times q_1 + q') + r_2\)
This shows that the remainder when \(N\) is divided by \(d_2\) is indeed \(r_2\), which is the remainder of \(r_1\) divided by \(d_2\). This method works because any multiple of \(d_1\) is also a multiple of \(d_2\). So, the term \(d_1 \times q_1\) is perfectly divisible by \(d_2\), and the remainder only comes from the original remainder \(r_1\).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 58archived
If \(\rm tan A = {3 \over 8},\) then the value of \({3 \sin A + 2 \cos A} \over 3 \sin A - 2 \cos A\) is:
- A
\(- {13 \over25}\)
- B
\(- {25 \over7}\)
- C
\({25 \over8}\)
- D
\({13 \over21}\)
Show answer
B. \(- {25 \over7}\)Finding the Value of a Trigonometric Expression
The question asks us to find the value of the expression \( \frac{3 \sin A + 2 \cos A}{3 \sin A - 2 \cos A} \) given that \( \tan A = \frac{3}{8} \).
We are given the value of \( \tan A \). Recall that the trigonometric identity \( \tan A = \frac{\sin A}{\cos A} \) relates sine, cosine, and tangent. We can use this relationship to simplify the given expression.
Transforming the Expression using tan A
The expression we need to evaluate is:
\[ \frac{3 \sin A + 2 \cos A}{3 \sin A - 2 \cos A} \]
To introduce \( \tan A \) into this expression, we can divide both the numerator and the denominator by \( \cos A \). This is valid as long as \( \cos A \ne 0 \). If \( \cos A = 0 \), then \( \tan A \) would be undefined, which contradicts the given information \( \tan A = \frac{3}{8} \).
Dividing the numerator by \( \cos A \):
\[ \frac{3 \sin A + 2 \cos A}{\cos A} = \frac{3 \sin A}{\cos A} + \frac{2 \cos A}{\cos A} = 3 \tan A + 2 \]
Dividing the denominator by \( \cos A \):
\[ \frac{3 \sin A - 2 \cos A}{\cos A} = \frac{3 \sin A}{\cos A} - \frac{2 \cos A}{\cos A} = 3 \tan A - 2 \]
So the original expression transforms into:
\[ \frac{3 \tan A + 2}{3 \tan A - 2} \]
Substituting the Value of tan A
Now we substitute the given value \( \tan A = \frac{3}{8} \) into the transformed expression:
\[ \frac{3 \left( \frac{3}{8} \right) + 2}{3 \left( \frac{3}{8} \right) - 2} \]
First, calculate the products in the numerator and the denominator:
\[ 3 \left( \frac{3}{8} \right) = \frac{3 \times 3}{8} = \frac{9}{8} \]
Substitute this back into the expression:
\[ \frac{\frac{9}{8} + 2}{\frac{9}{8} - 2} \]
Next, we need to add and subtract the fractions. To do this, we write the integer 2 as a fraction with a denominator of 8:
\[ 2 = \frac{2 \times 8}{8} = \frac{16}{8} \]
Now substitute \( 2 = \frac{16}{8} \) into the expression:
\[ \frac{\frac{9}{8} + \frac{16}{8}}{\frac{9}{8} - \frac{16}{8}} \]
Perform the addition in the numerator and the subtraction in the denominator:
Numerator: \( \frac{9}{8} + \frac{16}{8} = \frac{9 + 16}{8} = \frac{25}{8} \)
Denominator: \( \frac{9}{8} - \frac{16}{8} = \frac{9 - 16}{8} = \frac{-7}{8} \)
So the expression becomes:
\[ \frac{\frac{25}{8}}{\frac{-7}{8}} \]
To divide these fractions, we multiply the numerator by the reciprocal of the denominator:
\[ \frac{25}{8} \times \frac{8}{-7} \]
We can cancel out the 8 in the numerator and denominator:
\[ \frac{25}{\cancel{8}} \times \frac{\cancel{8}}{-7} = \frac{25}{-7} \]
The value of the expression is \( - \frac{25}{7} \).
Conclusion
Given \( \tan A = \frac{3}{8} \), the value of \( \frac{3 \sin A + 2 \cos A}{3 \sin A - 2 \cos A} \) is \( - \frac{25}{7} \).
Step
Process
Result
1
Transform expression by dividing numerator and denominator by \( \cos A \)
\( \frac{3 \tan A + 2}{3 \tan A - 2} \)
2
Substitute \( \tan A = \frac{3}{8} \)
\( \frac{3(\frac{3}{8}) + 2}{3(\frac{3}{8}) - 2} \)
3
Simplify using fraction arithmetic
\( \frac{\frac{9}{8} + \frac{16}{8}}{\frac{9}{8} - \frac{16}{8}} = \frac{\frac{25}{8}}{\frac{-7}{8}} \)
4
Perform fraction division
\( \frac{25}{8} \times \frac{8}{-7} = - \frac{25}{7} \)
Revision Table: Key Trigonometric Identities and Fraction Operations
Tangent Identity: \( \tan A = \frac{\sin A}{\cos A} \)
Adding/Subtracting Fractions: \( \frac{a}{b} \pm \frac{c}{d} = \frac{ad \pm bc}{bd} \). If denominators are same: \( \frac{a}{b} \pm \frac{c}{b} = \frac{a \pm c}{b} \)
Dividing Fractions: \( \frac{\frac{a}{b}}{\frac{c}{d}} = \frac{a}{b} \times \frac{d}{c} \)
Additional Information: Finding sin A and cos A from tan A
If you are given \( \tan A \), you can also find the values of \( \sin A \) and \( \cos A \) directly, although it is not necessary for this specific problem. One way is to use the identity \( 1 + \tan^2 A = \sec^2 A \). Since \( \sec A = \frac{1}{\cos A} \), you can find \( \cos A \). Once you have \( \cos A \), you can use \( \sin A = \tan A \times \cos A \) to find \( \sin A \).
Alternatively, you can construct a right-angled triangle. If \( \tan A = \frac{\text{opposite}}{\text{adjacent}} = \frac{3}{8} \), you can assume the opposite side is 3 units and the adjacent side is 8 units. Using the Pythagorean theorem (\(\text{hypotenuse}^2 = \text{opposite}^2 + \text{adjacent}^2\)), the hypotenuse would be \( \sqrt{3^2 + 8^2} = \sqrt{9 + 64} = \sqrt{73} \). Then \( \sin A = \frac{\text{opposite}}{\text{hypotenuse}} = \frac{3}{\sqrt{73}} \) and \( \cos A = \frac{\text{adjacent}}{\text{hypotenuse}} = \frac{8}{\sqrt{73}} \). You could substitute these values into the original expression, which would lead to the same result but involve more complex algebra with square roots.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 59archived
Rajdhani Express train of length 108 m is running at the speed of 128 km/h. Another train of length 148 m is standing at the station. In what time will the Rajdhani Express cross the other train?
- A
8 seconds
- B
7.5 seconds
- C
9 seconds
- D
7.2 seconds
Show answer
D. 7.2 secondsCalculating Train Crossing Time: Rajdhani Express Example
This problem asks for the time it takes for a moving train, the Rajdhani Express, to completely cross a stationary train. To solve this type of problem, we need to understand the total distance the moving train must cover.
Understanding the Distance Covered
When a train crosses a stationary object that has length (like another train, a platform, or a bridge), the distance the front of the moving train travels until the back of the moving train clears the object is equal to the sum of the length of the moving train and the length of the stationary object.
In this specific problem:
The moving train is the Rajdhani Express.
The stationary object is the other train standing at the station.
Therefore, the total distance the Rajdhani Express needs to cover to cross the stationary train is:
Total Distance = Length of Rajdhani Express + Length of the other train
Given:
Length of Rajdhani Express = 108 m
Length of the other train = 148 m
Total Distance \( = 108 \text{ m} + 148 \text{ m} = 256 \text{ m}\)
Converting Speed to Consistent Units
The speed of the Rajdhani Express is given in kilometers per hour (km/h), but the distances are in meters (m) and we need the time in seconds. So, we must convert the speed from km/h to meters per second (m/s).
The conversion factor is:
\(1 \text{ km/h} = \frac{5}{18} \text{ m/s}\)
Speed of Rajdhani Express = 128 km/h
Speed in m/s \( = 128 \times \frac{5}{18} \text{ m/s}\)
Let's calculate the speed in m/s:
\( \text{Speed} = \frac{128 \times 5}{18} = \frac{640}{18} = \frac{320}{9} \text{ m/s}\)
Calculating the Time Taken
Now that we have the total distance and the speed in consistent units (meters and meters per second), we can use the formula for time:
\( \text{Time} = \frac{\text{Distance}}{\text{Speed}} \)
Substitute the values we calculated:
\( \text{Time} = \frac{256 \text{ m}}{\frac{320}{9} \text{ m/s}} \)
To divide by a fraction, we multiply by its reciprocal:
\( \text{Time} = 256 \times \frac{9}{320} \text{ seconds}\)
Now, we simplify the expression:
\( \text{Time} = \frac{256 \times 9}{320} \)
We can divide both 256 and 320 by their greatest common divisor, which is 64.
\(256 \div 64 = 4\)
\(320 \div 64 = 5\)
So, the expression becomes:
\( \text{Time} = \frac{4 \times 9}{5} = \frac{36}{5} \text{ seconds}\)
Finally, convert the fraction to a decimal:
\( \text{Time} = \frac{36}{5} = 7.2 \text{ seconds}\)
The time taken for the Rajdhani Express to cross the other standing train is 7.2 seconds.
Summary of Calculations
Parameter
Value
Calculation/Notes
Length of Rajdhani Express
108 m
Given
Length of Standing Train
148 m
Given
Total Distance to Cross
256 m
108 m + 148 m
Speed of Rajdhani Express
128 km/h
Given
Speed in m/s
\( \frac{320}{9} \) m/s
\( 128 \times \frac{5}{18} \)
Time Taken
7.2 seconds
\( \frac{\text{Total Distance}}{\text{Speed in m/s}} = \frac{256}{320/9} \)
This matches one of the provided options.
Revision Table: Train Crossing Concepts
Scenario
Distance Covered
Relevant Speed
Train crossing a pole/person (negligible width)
Length of the train
Speed of the train
Train crossing a bridge/platform/stationary object with length
Length of the train + Length of the object
Speed of the train
Train crossing a moving object (same direction)
Sum of lengths of both trains
Difference of speeds (Relative Speed)
Train crossing a moving object (opposite direction)
Sum of lengths of both trains
Sum of speeds (Relative Speed)
Additional Information: Speed and Distance Units
It is crucial in problems involving speed, distance, and time to ensure all units are consistent. The standard units in the SI system are meters (m) for distance, seconds (s) for time, and meters per second (m/s) for speed.
Common speed units include km/h (kilometers per hour). The conversion factors between km/h and m/s are very important:
To convert km/h to m/s, multiply by \( \frac{5}{18} \).
To convert m/s to km/h, multiply by \( \frac{18}{5} \).
This conversion factor \( \frac{5}{18} \) comes from:
1 km = 1000 meters
1 hour = 3600 seconds
So, \( 1 \text{ km/h} = \frac{1 \text{ km}}{1 \text{ hour}} = \frac{1000 \text{ m}}{3600 \text{ s}} = \frac{1000}{3600} \text{ m/s} = \frac{10}{36} \text{ m/s} = \frac{5}{18} \text{ m/s} \).
Always check and convert units before applying any formula to avoid errors in your calculations for train problems or any other time and distance questions.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 60archived
The value of \({2 \over 3} - {5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5} \div {4 \over 3} + {1 \over 2}\) is:
- A
\(2 \over 3\)
- B
\(2 \over 5\)
- C
\(-{11 \over 60}\)
- D
0
Show answer
A. \(2 \over 3\)Solving the Fraction Arithmetic Problem
This solution explains how to find the value of the given mathematical expression involving fractions: \({2 \over 3} - {5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5} \div {4 \over 3} + {1 \over 2}\). We will use the standard order of operations, often remembered by the acronym BODMAS or PEMDAS (Brackets, Orders, Division and Multiplication, Addition and Subtraction).
Understanding the Order of Operations (BODMAS/PEMDAS)
To correctly evaluate the expression, we must follow the BODMAS rule:
Brackets: Operations inside brackets are performed first.
Orders: Powers and square roots.
Division and Multiplication: Performed from left to right.
Addition and Subtraction: Performed from left to right.
In our expression, we have subtraction, multiplication, division, and addition. We'll start with division and multiplication.
Step-by-Step Calculation
Let's break down the calculation step by step:
Step 1: Multiplication and Division
The expression contains the part \({5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5} \div {4 \over 3}\). According to BODMAS, multiplication and division have the same priority and should be performed from left to right.
First, perform the multiplication: \({5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5}\)
$$ {5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5} = {5 \times 4 \over 6 \times 5} = {20 \over 30} $$
Simplify the fraction:
$$ {20 \over 30} = {2 \over 3} $$
Now, perform the division using the result from the multiplication:
$$ {2 \over 3} \div {4 \over 3} $$
To divide by a fraction, we multiply by its reciprocal:
$$ {2 \over 3} \div {4 \over 3} = {2 \over 3} \times {3 \over 4} = {2 \times 3 \over 3 \times 4} = {6 \over 12} $$
Simplify the fraction:
$$ {6 \over 12} = {1 \over 2} $$
Step 2: Substitute and Perform Addition/Subtraction
Now, substitute the result back into the original expression:
$$ {2 \over 3} - \left( {5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5} \div {4 \over 3} \right) + {1 \over 2} $$
Becomes:
$$ {2 \over 3} - {1 \over 2} + {1 \over 2} $$
Now, perform addition and subtraction from left to right.
First, the subtraction: \({2 \over 3} - {1 \over 2}\)
To subtract these fractions, find a common denominator, which is 6:
$$ {2 \over 3} = {2 \times 2 \over 3 \times 2} = {4 \over 6} $$
$$ {1 \over 2} = {1 \times 3 \over 2 \times 3} = {3 \over 6} $$
So, the subtraction is:
$$ {4 \over 6} - {3 \over 6} = {4 - 3 \over 6} = {1 \over 6} $$
Now, add the remaining term:
$$ {1 \over 6} + {1 \over 2} $$
Find a common denominator, which is 6:
$$ {1 \over 2} = {1 \times 3 \over 2 \times 3} = {3 \over 6} $$
So, the addition is:
$$ {1 \over 6} + {3 \over 6} = {1 + 3 \over 6} = {4 \over 6} $$
Simplify the final fraction:
$$ {4 \over 6} = {2 \over 3} $$
Final Result
The value of the expression \({2 \over 3} - {5 \over 6} \times {4 \over 5} \div {4 \over 3} + {1 \over 2}\) is \({2 \over 3}\).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 61archived
tan 4384° + cot 6814° = ?
- A
-1
- B
2
- C
0
- D
1
Show answer
C. 0Evaluating Trigonometric Expressions with Large Angles
The problem asks us to find the value of the expression $\tan 4384^\circ + \cot 6814^\circ$. To evaluate trigonometric functions of angles greater than $360^\circ$, we can use the concept of periodicity. Trigonometric functions repeat their values after every $360^\circ$. This means that for any trigonometric function $f$ and any integer $n$, $f(n \cdot 360^\circ + \theta) = f(\theta)$.
Step-by-Step Evaluation of $\tan 4384^\circ$
First, let's evaluate $\tan 4384^\circ$. We need to find how many full circles ($360^\circ$) are contained in $4384^\circ$ and what the remaining angle is. We divide $4384$ by $360$:
$$ \frac{4384}{360} = 12 \text{ with a remainder} $$
To find the remainder, we calculate $12 \times 360^\circ = 4320^\circ$.
The remaining angle is $4384^\circ - 4320^\circ = 64^\circ$.
So, $4384^\circ = 12 \times 360^\circ + 64^\circ$.
Using the periodicity property of the tangent function, we have:
$$ \tan 4384^\circ = \tan (12 \times 360^\circ + 64^\circ) = \tan 64^\circ $$
Step-by-Step Evaluation of $\cot 6814^\circ$
Next, let's evaluate $\cot 6814^\circ$. We follow the same process: divide $6814$ by $360$:
$$ \frac{6814}{360} = 18 \text{ with a remainder} $$
To find the remainder, we calculate $18 \times 360^\circ = 6480^\circ$.
The remaining angle is $6814^\circ - 6480^\circ = 334^\circ$.
So, $6814^\circ = 18 \times 360^\circ + 334^\circ$.
Using the periodicity property of the cotangent function, we have:
$$ \cot 6814^\circ = \cot (18 \times 360^\circ + 334^\circ) = \cot 334^\circ $$
Now we need to evaluate $\cot 334^\circ$. The angle $334^\circ$ is in the fourth quadrant ($270^\circ < 334^\circ < 360^\circ$). In the fourth quadrant, the cotangent function is negative.
We can express $334^\circ$ as $360^\circ - 26^\circ$.
Using the identity $\cot (360^\circ - \theta) = -\cot \theta$, we get:
$$ \cot 334^\circ = \cot (360^\circ - 26^\circ) = -\cot 26^\circ $$
Combining the Results
The original expression is $\tan 4384^\circ + \cot 6814^\circ$. Substituting the values we found:
$$ \tan 4384^\circ + \cot 6814^\circ = \tan 64^\circ + (-\cot 26^\circ) = \tan 64^\circ - \cot 26^\circ $$
Now we need to simplify $\tan 64^\circ - \cot 26^\circ$. We can use the complementary angle identity $\cot \theta = \tan (90^\circ - \theta)$.
Let $\theta = 26^\circ$. Then, $\cot 26^\circ = \tan (90^\circ - 26^\circ) = \tan 64^\circ$.
Substituting this back into our expression:
$$ \tan 64^\circ - \cot 26^\circ = \tan 64^\circ - \tan 64^\circ $$
$$ \tan 64^\circ - \tan 64^\circ = 0 $$
Therefore, the value of the expression $\tan 4384^\circ + \cot 6814^\circ$ is $0$.
Summary of Evaluation
$\tan 4384^\circ = \tan (12 \times 360^\circ + 64^\circ) = \tan 64^\circ$
$\cot 6814^\circ = \cot (18 \times 360^\circ + 334^\circ)$
$\cot 334^\circ = \cot (360^\circ - 26^\circ) = -\cot 26^\circ$
Using complementary angle identity, $\cot 26^\circ = \tan (90^\circ - 26^\circ) = \tan 64^\circ$
Expression becomes $\tan 64^\circ + (-\tan 64^\circ) = 0$
Revision Table: Key Trigonometric Concepts
Concept
Description
Relevant Identity/Rule
Periodicity
Trigonometric functions repeat values every $360^\circ$.
$f(n \cdot 360^\circ + \theta) = f(\theta)$
Quadrant Rules (Cotangent)
Sign of $\cot$ in different quadrants.
Q1 (+), Q2 (-), Q3 (+), Q4 (-)
Angle $360^\circ - \theta$
Relationship between angle and its reference angle in Q4.
$\cot (360^\circ - \theta) = -\cot \theta$
Complementary Angles
Relationship between trig functions of $\theta$ and $90^\circ - \theta$.
$\cot \theta = \tan (90^\circ - \theta)$
Additional Information: Periodicity and Identities in Trigonometry
Understanding periodicity and trigonometric identities is crucial for simplifying expressions involving large angles or angles outside the $0^\circ$ to $90^\circ$ range. The periodicity of $360^\circ$ (or $2\pi$ radians) for $\sin$, $\cos$, $\tan$, $\cot$, $\sec$, and $\csc$ allows us to reduce any angle to an equivalent angle between $0^\circ$ and $360^\circ$.
Once an angle is reduced, we can determine its trigonometric function value by considering the quadrant it lies in and using reference angles. For example, an angle $\theta$ in the fourth quadrant ($270^\circ < \theta < 360^\circ$) can be related to the angle $(360^\circ - \theta)$ in the first quadrant.
Key identities used in this problem include:
Periodicity: $f(n \cdot 360^\circ + \theta) = f(\theta)$
Quadrant Rule for $360^\circ - \theta$: $\cot (360^\circ - \theta) = -\cot \theta$
Complementary Angle Identity: $\cot \theta = \tan (90^\circ - \theta)$
Mastering these concepts helps simplify complex trigonometric expressions and solve a wide range of problems.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 62archived
The marked price of an article is 40% above its cost price. If its selling price is \(73{1 \over 2}\)% of the marked price, then the percentage profit is:
- A
2.9%
- B
2.7%
- C
2.6%
- D
2.5%
Show answer
A. 2.9%Determining Profit Percentage: Key Concepts
This problem requires us to calculate the profit percentage. We need to relate the cost price (CP), marked price (MP), and selling price (SP) using the given information.
The marked price (MP) is set at 40% above the cost price (CP).
The selling price (SP) is \(73{1 \over 2}\)% of the marked price (MP).
Calculating the Marked Price (MP)
To make the calculation straightforward, let's assume the cost price (CP) is a convenient value, like $100$.
Assume $CP = 100$.
The marked price is 40% above the cost price.
Markup amount = $40\%\) of $CP = \frac{40}{100} \times 100 = 40$.
Marked Price ($MP$) = $CP$ + Markup amount = $100 + 40 = 140$.
So, $MP = 140$.
Calculating the Selling Price (SP)
Now, we calculate the selling price (SP) based on the marked price.
The selling price is \(73{1 \over 2}\)% of the marked price ($MP$).
First, convert the percentage \(73{1 \over 2}\)% to a decimal: \(73{1 \over 2}\)% = \(73.5\%\).
Convert the percentage to a fraction: $73.5\% = \frac{73.5}{100} = 0.735$.
Calculate $SP = 0.735 \times MP$.
Substitute the value of $MP$: $SP = 0.735 \times 140$.
$SP = 102.9$.
Calculating the Profit Percentage
With the cost price and selling price determined, we can now find the profit and the profit percentage.
Profit = $SP - CP$.
Profit = $102.9 - 100 = 2.9$.
The formula for profit percentage is:
$$ \text{Profit Percentage} = \left( \frac{\text{Profit}}{CP} \right) \times 100\% $$
Plugging in the values:
$$ \text{Profit Percentage} = \left( \frac{2.9}{100} \right) \times 100\% $$
Profit Percentage = $2.9\%$.
Final Result
The calculation shows that the percentage profit made on the article is 2.9%.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 63archived
The following graph shows the number of illiterates in different states of a country in the year 2021.
Total illiterates in 4 states = 4,50,000
What is the percentage of the total number of illiterates in A, B and C to the illiterates in D in 2021?

- A
126.78%
- B
127.27%
- C
150.57%
- D
110.24%
Show answer
B. 127.27%Calculation:
The total number of illiterates in A, B and C is 20 + 14 + 22 = 56%
The total number of illiterates in D is 44%
The required percentage is (56 /44) × 100 = 127.27 %
∴ The correct option is2
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 64archived
In a triangle ABC, the three angles are x, y and y + 10. Also, 2x - 4y = 20°. Which type of triangle is ABC?
- A
Equilateral
- B
Obtuse
- C
Acute
- D
Right-angled
Show answer
D. Right-angledAnalyzing Triangle ABC and its Angles
The question provides information about the angles of a triangle ABC and a relationship between two of its angle variables, x and y. We need to determine the type of triangle based on the angle values.
The three angles of triangle ABC are given as x, y, and y + 10 degrees.
A fundamental property of any triangle is that the sum of its interior angles is always 180°. Therefore, we can write an equation based on this property:
$$\text{Angle A} + \text{Angle B} + \text{Angle C} = 180^\circ$$
$$x + y + (y + 10) = 180$$
$$x + 2y + 10 = 180$$
$$x + 2y = 180 - 10$$
$$x + 2y = 170 \quad (*)$$
We are also given another relationship between x and y:
$$2x - 4y = 20 \quad (**)$$
Now we have a system of two linear equations with two variables (x and y):
Equation
Expression
(*)
\(x + 2y = 170\)
(**)
\(2x - 4y = 20\)
We can solve this system to find the values of x and y. Let's use the elimination method. We can multiply equation (*) by 2:
$$2(x + 2y) = 2(170)$$
$$2x + 4y = 340 \quad (***)$$
Now we add equation (***) to equation (**):
$$(2x + 4y) + (2x - 4y) = 340 + 20$$
$$4x = 360$$
Now, solve for x:
$$x = \frac{360}{4}$$
$$x = 90$$
Now substitute the value of x (90) back into equation (*) to find y:
$$90 + 2y = 170$$
$$2y = 170 - 90$$
$$2y = 80$$
$$y = \frac{80}{2}$$
$$y = 40$$
So, we have found the values x = 90 and y = 40.
Now we can find the three angles of triangle ABC:
First angle: x = 90°
Second angle: y = 40°
Third angle: y + 10 = 40 + 10 = 50°
The angles of triangle ABC are 90°, 40°, and 50°.
To verify, let's check the sum of the angles: 90° + 40° + 50° = 180°. This is correct.
Now, let's classify the type of triangle ABC based on its angles:
An acute triangle has all three angles less than 90°.
An obtuse triangle has one angle greater than 90°.
A right-angled triangle has exactly one angle equal to 90°.
An equilateral triangle has all three angles equal to 60°.
Since one of the angles of triangle ABC is exactly 90° (the angle measuring x), triangle ABC is a right-angled triangle.
Therefore, the type of triangle ABC is right-angled.
Revision Table: Triangle Angle Properties
Triangle Type
Angle Properties
Acute Triangle
All three angles < 90°
Right-angled Triangle
One angle = 90°
Obtuse Triangle
One angle > 90°
Equilateral Triangle
All three angles = 60° (also acute)
Isosceles Triangle
Two angles are equal
Scalene Triangle
All three angles are different
Additional Information: Solving Systems of Equations
Solving systems of linear equations is a common task in mathematics, including geometry problems like this one involving triangle angles. The two main methods for solving a system of two linear equations with two variables are substitution and elimination.
Substitution Method:
Solve one of the equations for one variable in terms of the other.
Substitute that expression into the other equation.
Solve the resulting single-variable equation.
Substitute the value found back into either of the original equations to find the value of the second variable.
Elimination Method (used in the solution above):
Multiply one or both equations by a constant so that the coefficients of one variable are opposites (e.g., +2y and -2y).
Add or subtract the equations to eliminate one variable.
Solve the resulting single-variable equation.
Substitute the value found back into either of the original equations to find the value of the second variable.
Both methods will yield the same correct solution for the variables, allowing you to find the angles of the triangle.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 65archived
X , Y and Z can complete a work in 5 days, 15 days and 30 days, respectively. In how days can the work be completed if X is assisted by Y and Z together, on every second day?
- A
5 days
- B
4 days
- C
7 days
- D
6 days
Show answer
B. 4 daysUnderstanding the Work and Time Problem
This problem involves calculating the time it takes for multiple individuals to complete a work when they follow a specific pattern of working together. We are given the time each person takes to complete the work individually and a sequence in which they combine their efforts.
Calculating Individual Work Rates
The first step is to determine the fraction of work each person can complete in a single day. The work rate is the reciprocal of the time taken to complete the entire work.
X can complete the work in 5 days. X's daily work rate = \( \frac{1}{5} \) of the work per day.
Y can complete the work in 15 days. Y's daily work rate = \( \frac{1}{15} \) of the work per day.
Z can complete the work in 30 days. Z's daily work rate = \( \frac{1}{30} \) of the work per day.
Analyzing the Work Pattern
The problem states that X works alone on the first day, and on every second day (which means day 2, day 4, day 6, etc.), X is assisted by Y and Z. This creates a repeating 2-day cycle of work:
Day 1: X works alone.
Day 2: X, Y, and Z work together.
This 2-day period constitutes one complete cycle of the work pattern.
Calculating Work Done in One Cycle
Now, let's calculate the total fraction of work completed during one 2-day cycle.
Work done on Day 1: Only X works. Work done = X's daily rate = \( \frac{1}{5} \).
Work done on Day 2: X, Y, and Z work together. Their combined daily rate is the sum of their individual rates:
\( \text{Combined Rate} = \text{X's Rate} + \text{Y's Rate} + \text{Z's Rate} \)
\( \text{Combined Rate} = \frac{1}{5} + \frac{1}{15} + \frac{1}{30} \)
To add these fractions, we find a common denominator, which is 30.
\( \text{Combined Rate} = \frac{1 \times 6}{5 \times 6} + \frac{1 \times 2}{15 \times 2} + \frac{1}{30} \)
\( \text{Combined Rate} = \frac{6}{30} + \frac{2}{30} + \frac{1}{30} \)
\( \text{Combined Rate} = \frac{6 + 2 + 1}{30} = \frac{9}{30} \)
Simplifying the fraction:
\( \text{Combined Rate} = \frac{3}{10} \)
So, the work done on Day 2 is \( \frac{3}{10} \).
Total work done in one 2-day cycle: This is the sum of work done on Day 1 and Day 2.
\( \text{Work per Cycle} = \text{Work on Day 1} + \text{Work on Day 2} \)
\( \text{Work per Cycle} = \frac{1}{5} + \frac{3}{10} \)
Finding a common denominator (10):
\( \text{Work per Cycle} = \frac{1 \times 2}{5 \times 2} + \frac{3}{10} \)
\( \text{Work per Cycle} = \frac{2}{10} + \frac{3}{10} \)
\( \text{Work per Cycle} = \frac{2 + 3}{10} = \frac{5}{10} \)
Simplifying the fraction:
\( \text{Work per Cycle} = \frac{1}{2} \)
So, in every 2-day cycle, half of the total work is completed.
Determining Total Time to Complete the Work
We found that \( \frac{1}{2} \) of the work is completed in 2 days. To complete the full work (which is represented by 1), we need twice the amount of work done in one cycle.
\( \text{Total Work} = \frac{1}{2} \times \text{Number of Cycles} \)
Since Total Work is 1:
\( 1 = \frac{1}{2} \times \text{Number of Cycles} \)
\( \text{Number of Cycles} = 1 \div \frac{1}{2} = 1 \times 2 = 2 \)
So, 2 cycles are needed to complete the work. Each cycle is 2 days long.
\( \text{Total Time} = \text{Number of Cycles} \times \text{Days per Cycle} \)
\( \text{Total Time} = 2 \times 2 \text{ days} = 4 \text{ days} \)
Therefore, the work can be completed in 4 days.
Summary of the Solution Steps
Calculate individual daily work rates for X, Y, and Z.
Identify the repeating work cycle and its duration (2 days).
Calculate the work done by X alone on Day 1.
Calculate the combined work rate of X, Y, and Z for Day 2.
Calculate the total work done in one complete 2-day cycle.
Determine how many such cycles are needed to complete the total work.
Multiply the number of cycles by the duration of each cycle to find the total time.
Revision Table: Work and Time Concepts
Concept
Description
Formula/Relationship
Work Rate
Amount of work done per unit of time (e.g., per day).
Work Rate = \( \frac{\text{Total Work}}{\text{Total Time}} \)
Time Taken
Total time to complete the work.
Time Taken = \( \frac{\text{Total Work}}{\text{Work Rate}} \)
Combined Work Rate
Sum of individual work rates when people work together.
Rate\( _{A+B} \) = Rate\( _A \) + Rate\( _B \)
Work Done in 't' days
Work Rate × Time
Work Done = Rate × t
Additional Information: Working with Variable Rates or Patterns
In work and time problems, the work rate is often assumed to be constant. However, problems like this one introduce a variation in the work rate over time by changing the group of people working. This requires breaking down the problem into cycles or specific periods where the work rate is constant within that period.
Cycle Identification: Look for a repeating pattern in how individuals or groups work.
Work per Cycle: Calculate the total work done in one full cycle.
Number of Cycles: Divide the total work (usually 1) by the work done per cycle to find how many cycles are needed.
Remaining Work: If the total work is not a multiple of the work done per cycle, calculate the remaining work and see who does it and how long it takes in the partial final cycle. In this problem, the work finishes exactly at the end of a cycle.
Understanding these steps helps tackle more complex work and time problems involving alternating work patterns.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 66archived
Sita sold a whiteboard marker set at 10% profit. On selling it for Rs. 20 more, she would have earned a profit of 15%. What is the cost price of the whiteboard marker set?
- A
Rs. 300
- B
Rs. 350
- C
Rs. 450
- D
Rs. 400
Show answer
D. Rs. 400Finding the Cost Price of the Whiteboard Marker Set
This problem involves understanding the relationship between cost price, selling price, and profit percentage. We are given two scenarios with different profit percentages and the difference in the selling prices between these scenarios. We need to find the original cost price of the whiteboard marker set.
Understanding Profit and Selling Price
Profit is calculated as a percentage of the Cost Price (CP). The Selling Price (SP) is the sum of the Cost Price and the Profit.
The formula for Selling Price when there is a profit is:
$SP = CP + \text{Profit Percentage of CP}$
Or, $SP = CP \times (1 + \frac{\text{Profit Percentage}}{100})$
Setting up the Equations
Let the Cost Price of the whiteboard marker set be $\text{CP}$.
In the first scenario, Sita sold the set at a 10% profit.
Profit 1 = 10% of CP $= \frac{10}{100} \times CP = 0.10 \times CP$
Selling Price 1 (SP1) $= CP + \text{Profit 1} = CP + 0.10 \times CP = (1 + 0.10) \times CP = 1.10 \times CP$
In the second scenario, if she sold it for Rs. 20 more, she would have earned a profit of 15%.
Profit 2 = 15% of CP $= \frac{15}{100} \times CP = 0.15 \times CP$
Selling Price 2 (SP2) $= CP + \text{Profit 2} = CP + 0.15 \times CP = (1 + 0.15) \times CP = 1.15 \times CP$
We are told that selling it for Rs. 20 more than the first price would result in the second scenario. This means the difference between SP2 and SP1 is Rs. 20.
$SP2 - SP1 = 20$
Solving for the Cost Price
Now, we substitute the expressions for SP1 and SP2 into the equation:
$(1.15 \times CP) - (1.10 \times CP) = 20$
Combine the terms with CP:
$(1.15 - 1.10) \times CP = 20$
$0.05 \times CP = 20$
To find CP, divide both sides by 0.05:
$CP = \frac{20}{0.05}$
To simplify the division, we can write 0.05 as $\frac{5}{100}$ or multiply the numerator and denominator by 100:
$CP = \frac{20 \times 100}{0.05 \times 100} = \frac{2000}{5}$
Now, perform the division:
$CP = 400$
So, the cost price of the whiteboard marker set is Rs. 400.
Verification
Let's check if the cost price of Rs. 400 satisfies the conditions:
Scenario 1: 10% profit on Rs. 400 is $0.10 \times 400 = \text{Rs. } 40$. SP1 = $400 + 40 = \text{Rs. } 440$.
Scenario 2: 15% profit on Rs. 400 is $0.15 \times 400 = \text{Rs. } 60$. SP2 = $400 + 60 = \text{Rs. } 460$.
The difference between SP2 and SP1 is $460 - 440 = \text{Rs. } 20$. This matches the condition given in the problem.
Item
Cost Price (CP)
Profit %
Profit Amount
Selling Price (SP)
Whiteboard Marker Set
CP
10%
$0.10 \times CP$
$1.10 \times CP$ (SP1)
Whiteboard Marker Set
CP
15%
$0.15 \times CP$
$1.15 \times CP$ (SP2)
Difference in Selling Price (SP2 - SP1)
Rs. 20
The difference in selling price is due to the difference in profit percentage applied to the same cost price. The difference in profit percentage is $15\% - 10\% = 5\%$.
This 5% difference in profit corresponds to the Rs. 20 difference in selling price.
So, 5% of CP = Rs. 20.
$\frac{5}{100} \times CP = 20$
$CP = \frac{20 \times 100}{5}$
$CP = 4 \times 100$
$CP = 400$
Both methods yield the same result, confirming the cost price is Rs. 400.
Revision Table: Cost Price and Profit
Term
Definition
Formula (for profit)
Cost Price (CP)
The price at which an item is bought.
Base for calculating profit/loss percentage.
Selling Price (SP)
The price at which an item is sold.
$SP = CP + \text{Profit}$ or $SP = CP - \text{Loss}$
Profit
When SP > CP. Gain from selling.
Profit = SP - CP
Loss
When SP < CP. Deficiency from selling.
Loss = CP - SP
Profit %
Profit expressed as a percentage of CP.
$\frac{\text{Profit}}{CP} \times 100\%$
Loss %
Loss expressed as a percentage of CP.
$\frac{\text{Loss}}{CP} \times 100\%$
Additional Information: Profit and Loss Concepts
Profit and loss are fundamental concepts in commercial arithmetic. They are calculated based on the cost price.
If the selling price is higher than the cost price, there is a profit.
If the selling price is lower than the cost price, there is a loss.
If the selling price equals the cost price, there is no profit or loss (it's a break-even point).
Profit percentage and loss percentage are almost always calculated with respect to the cost price, unless stated otherwise.
Problems involving changes in profit percentage often lead to linear equations that can be solved to find the unknown cost price or selling price. The key is to correctly set up expressions for the selling price in different scenarios and relate them using the given information about price differences.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 67archived
Abraham can complete a work in 9 days, while Andrew can complete the same work in 6 days. In how many days can they complete the work if they work together?
- A
2
- B
\(3{3 \over 5}\)
- C
\(2{3 \over 5}\)
- D
3
Show answer
B. \(3{3 \over 5}\)Solving Work and Time Problems
This question asks us to determine the time it takes for two individuals, Abraham and Andrew, to complete a specific work when they work together, given the time each takes to complete the work individually. This is a classic problem involving work rates.
Understanding Individual Work Rates
The concept behind solving these types of problems is to figure out how much of the work each person can do in one day. This is called their work rate.
Abraham can complete the entire work in 9 days.
This means in 1 day, Abraham completes \(\frac{1}{9}\) of the work.
Andrew can complete the entire work in 6 days.
This means in 1 day, Andrew completes \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the work.
Calculating Combined Work Rate
When Abraham and Andrew work together, their work rates add up. To find their combined work rate per day, we add their individual daily work rates:
Combined daily work rate = Abraham's daily rate + Andrew's daily rate
Combined daily work rate = \(\frac{1}{9} + \frac{1}{6}\)
To add these fractions, we need a common denominator. The least common multiple of 9 and 6 is 18.
Convert \(\frac{1}{9}\): \(\frac{1}{9} = \frac{1 \times 2}{9 \times 2} = \frac{2}{18}\)
Convert \(\frac{1}{6}\): \(\frac{1}{6} = \frac{1 \times 3}{6 \times 3} = \frac{3}{18}\)
Now, add the fractions with the common denominator:
Combined daily work rate = \(\frac{2}{18} + \frac{3}{18} = \frac{2 + 3}{18} = \frac{5}{18}\)
So, when working together, Abraham and Andrew complete \(\frac{5}{18}\) of the work in one day.
Finding Time Taken Together
If they complete \(\frac{5}{18}\) of the work in 1 day, the total number of days required to complete the entire work (which is 1 whole) is the reciprocal of their combined daily work rate.
Time taken together = \(\frac{1}{\text{Combined daily work rate}}\)
Time taken together = \(\frac{1}{\frac{5}{18}} = \frac{18}{5}\) days
Converting to a Mixed Number
The answer \(\frac{18}{5}\) is an improper fraction. Let's convert it to a mixed number for easier understanding and to compare with the options.
\(\frac{18}{5}\) means 18 divided by 5.
18 divided by 5 is 3 with a remainder of 3.
So, \(\frac{18}{5}\) is equal to \(3\) whole days and \(\frac{3}{5}\) of a day.
Therefore, the time taken for them to complete the work together is \(3\frac{3}{5}\) days.
Individual
Time Taken (Days)
Work Rate (Work per Day)
Abraham
9
\(\frac{1}{9}\)
Andrew
6
\(\frac{1}{6}\)
Their combined work rate is \(\frac{1}{9} + \frac{1}{6} = \frac{2}{18} + \frac{3}{18} = \frac{5}{18}\) work per day.
Time taken together = \(\frac{1}{\text{Combined Work Rate}} = \frac{1}{\frac{5}{18}} = \frac{18}{5}\) days.
\(\frac{18}{5} = 3 \frac{3}{5}\) days.
Final Answer Derivation
By calculating the individual work rates, summing them to find the combined work rate, and then taking the reciprocal, we found that Abraham and Andrew can complete the work together in \(3 \frac{3}{5}\) days.
Work and Time Problem Revision
Here's a quick summary of the key steps for solving work and time problems:
Find the individual daily work rate (\(\frac{1}{\text{Time taken}}\)).
Add the individual daily work rates to get the combined daily work rate.
The time taken together is the reciprocal of the combined daily work rate.
Additional Information on Work Rate Concepts
Work and time problems often involve understanding inverse relationships. If someone takes less time to do work, their work rate is higher. The total work is usually considered as '1 unit' or '1 whole'. The formula relating work, rate, and time is: Work = Rate \(\times\) Time. In these problems, Work is typically 1, so \(1 = \text{Rate} \times \text{Time}\), which implies \(\text{Rate} = \frac{1}{\text{Time}}\) and \(\text{Time} = \frac{1}{\text{Rate}}\).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 68archived
A cyclist rides 20 km in 120 minutes and rides another 25 km in 150 minutes. What is the average speed of the cyclist, in km/h?
- A
15
- B
11
- C
10
- D
12.5
Show answer
C. 10Calculating Average Speed for a Cyclist's Journey
This question asks us to find the average speed of a cyclist who completes a journey in two parts, each with a different distance and time. Average speed is defined as the total distance covered divided by the total time taken for the journey.
Understanding Average Speed
Average speed is not simply the average of speeds during different parts of the journey. It's the overall rate of motion calculated over the entire trip. The formula is:
Average Speed $$ = \frac{\text{Total Distance}}{\text{Total Time}}$$
Step-by-Step Calculation of the Cyclist's Average Speed
Step 1: Calculate the Total Distance Covered
The cyclist rides 20 km in the first part of the journey and another 25 km in the second part.
Total Distance $$ = \text{Distance in Part 1} + \text{Distance in Part 2}$$
Total Distance $$ = 20 \text{ km} + 25 \text{ km} = 45 \text{ km}$$
Step 2: Calculate the Total Time Taken
The cyclist takes 120 minutes for the first part and 150 minutes for the second part.
Total Time $$ = \text{Time in Part 1} + \text{Time in Part 2}$$
Total Time $$ = 120 \text{ minutes} + 150 \text{ minutes} = 270 \text{ minutes}$$
Step 3: Convert Total Time to Hours
The question asks for the average speed in km/h. Our total time is currently in minutes, so we need to convert it to hours. There are 60 minutes in 1 hour.
Total Time in Hours $$ = \frac{\text{Total Time in Minutes}}{60 \text{ minutes/hour}}$$
Total Time in Hours $$ = \frac{270 \text{ minutes}}{60 \text{ minutes/hour}}$$
Total Time in Hours $$ = \frac{27}{6} \text{ hours} = \frac{9}{2} \text{ hours} = 4.5 \text{ hours}$$
Step 4: Calculate the Average Speed
Now we have the total distance (45 km) and the total time in hours (4.5 hours). We can use the average speed formula:
Average Speed $$ = \frac{\text{Total Distance}}{\text{Total Time}}$$
Average Speed $$ = \frac{45 \text{ km}}{4.5 \text{ hours}}$$
Average Speed $$ = \frac{45}{4.5} \text{ km/h} = \frac{450}{45} \text{ km/h} = 10 \text{ km/h}$$
The average speed of the cyclist is 10 km/h.
Comparing with the Options
Let's compare our calculated average speed with the given options:
Option 1: 15 km/h
Option 2: 11 km/h
Option 3: 10 km/h
Option 4: 12.5 km/h
Our calculated average speed of 10 km/h matches Option 3.
Revision Table: Key Concepts for Speed Calculations
Concept
Formula
Units (Common)
Description
Speed
$$ \text{Speed} = \frac{\text{Distance}}{\text{Time}} $$
m/s, km/h, mph
Rate at which an object covers distance.
Average Speed
$$ \text{Average Speed} = \frac{\text{Total Distance}}{\text{Total Time}} $$
m/s, km/h, mph
Total distance traveled divided by the total time taken.
Velocity
$$ \text{Velocity} = \frac{\text{Displacement}}{\text{Time}} $$
m/s, km/h, mph (with direction)
Rate of change of displacement; includes direction.
Average Velocity
$$ \text{Average Velocity} = \frac{\text{Total Displacement}}{\text{Total Time}} $$
m/s, km/h, mph (with direction)
Total displacement divided by the total time taken.
Additional Information on Calculating Average Speed
It is important to distinguish between speed and velocity. Speed is a scalar quantity (magnitude only), while velocity is a vector quantity (magnitude and direction). In this problem, we are asked for average speed, which depends only on the total distance and total time, regardless of the direction the cyclist traveled.
Also, be careful with units. Ensure that distance and time units are consistent when calculating speed. If distance is in kilometers (km), time should typically be in hours (h) to get speed in km/h, or time in seconds (s) to get speed in km/s. If distance is in meters (m), time in seconds (s) gives speed in m/s. Unit conversion, like converting minutes to hours as we did in this problem, is a crucial step.
For journeys with multiple segments, the average speed calculation always uses the total distance and total time for the entire journey, not the average of speeds for each segment. For example, if a cyclist rode 10 km at 20 km/h and then 10 km at 10 km/h, the average speed is not (20+10)/2 = 15 km/h. You would calculate the time for each segment and use the total distance (20 km) and total time.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 69archived
If \((x + {1\over x}) = \sqrt6\), and x > 1, what is the value of \((x^8 - {1 \over x^8})\)?
- A
120√3
- B
128√3
- C
112√3
- D
108√3
Show answer
C. 112√3Understanding the Algebraic Expression
The problem asks us to find the value of a complex algebraic expression, \((x^8 - {1 \over x^8})\), given a simpler relationship involving \(x\), specifically \((x + {1\over x}) = \sqrt6\) and that \(x > 1\). To solve this, we can use algebraic identities to break down the complex expression into simpler parts that can be calculated from the given information.
Strategy for Solving the \(x^8\) Problem
The expression \((x^8 - {1 \over x^8})\) is a difference of squares. We can repeatedly apply the difference of squares formula, \(a^2 - b^2 = (a-b)(a+b)\), to simplify it:
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = \left(x^4\right)^2 - \left({1 \over x^4}\right)^2 = \left(x^4 - {1 \over x^4}\right)\left(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\right)\]
We can continue factoring the difference term:
\[x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = \left(x^2\right)^2 - \left({1 \over x^2}\right)^2 = \left(x^2 - {1 \over x^2}\right)\left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right)\]
And again:
\[x^2 - {1 \over x^2} = (x)^2 - \left({1 \over x}\right)^2 = \left(x - {1 \over x}\right)\left(x + {1 \over x}\right)\]
Substituting these back, we get:
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = \left(x - {1 \over x}\right)\left(x + {1 \over x}\right)\left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right)\left(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\right)\]
Now, we need to find the values of each of the terms on the right side using the given \((x + {1\over x}) = \sqrt6\).
Calculating Required Terms from \(x + {1 \over x}\)
Finding \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\)
We can use the identity \((a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2\). Let \(a=x\) and \(b={1 \over x}\):
\[\left(x + {1 \over x}\right)^2 = x^2 + 2 \cdot x \cdot {1 \over x} + \left({1 \over x}\right)^2\]
\[\left(x + {1 \over x}\right)^2 = x^2 + 2 + {1 \over x^2}\]
Rearranging to find \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\):
\[x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = \left(x + {1 \over x}\right)^2 - 2\]
Substitute the given value \((x + {1\over x}) = \sqrt6\):
\[x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = (\sqrt6)^2 - 2\]
\[x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = 6 - 2\]
\[x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = 4\]
Finding \(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\)
We can use the same identity again, but with \(a=x^2\) and \(b={1 \over x^2}\):
\[\left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right)^2 = (x^2)^2 + 2 \cdot x^2 \cdot {1 \over x^2} + \left({1 \over x^2}\right)^2\]
\[\left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right)^2 = x^4 + 2 + {1 \over x^4}\]
Rearranging to find \(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\):
\[x^4 + {1 \over x^4} = \left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right)^2 - 2\]
Substitute the value of \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\) we just found (which is 4):
\[x^4 + {1 \over x^4} = (4)^2 - 2\]
\[x^4 + {1 \over x^4} = 16 - 2\]
\[x^4 + {1 \over x^4} = 14\]
Finding \(x - {1 \over x}\) using the Condition \(x > 1\)
We can use the identity \((a-b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2\). Let \(a=x\) and \(b={1 \over x}\):
\[\left(x - {1 \over x}\right)^2 = x^2 - 2 \cdot x \cdot {1 \over x} + \left({1 \over x}\right)^2\]
\[\left(x - {1 \over x}\right)^2 = x^2 - 2 + {1 \over x^2}\]
Notice that \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\) is a term we have already calculated (it is 4). So:
\[\left(x - {1 \over x}\right)^2 = \left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right) - 2\]
Substitute the value of \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\):
\[\left(x - {1 \over x}\right)^2 = 4 - 2\]
\[\left(x - {1 \over x}\right)^2 = 2\]
Taking the square root of both sides:
\[x - {1 \over x} = \pm \sqrt{2}\]
The problem states that \(x > 1\). If \(x > 1\), then \(0 < {1 \over x} < 1\). This means that \(x\) is larger than \({1 \over x}\), so their difference \(x - {1 \over x}\) must be positive.
Therefore, we take the positive square root:
\[x - {1 \over x} = \sqrt{2}\]
Calculating the Final Value of \(x^8 - {1 \over x^8}\)
Now we have all the parts needed for the factored expression:
\(\left(x - {1 \over x}\right) = \sqrt{2}\)
\(\left(x + {1 \over x}\right) = \sqrt6\) (Given)
\(\left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right) = 4\)
\(\left(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\right) = 14\)
Substitute these values into the factored expression for \(x^8 - {1 \over x^8}\):
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = \left(x - {1 \over x}\right)\left(x + {1 \over x}\right)\left(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\right)\left(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\right)\]
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = (\sqrt{2}) \cdot (\sqrt{6}) \cdot (4) \cdot (14)\]
Multiply the terms:
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = (\sqrt{2 \cdot 6}) \cdot (4 \cdot 14)\]
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = (\sqrt{12}) \cdot (56)\]
Simplify the square root \(\sqrt{12}\): \(\sqrt{12} = \sqrt{4 \cdot 3} = \sqrt{4} \cdot \sqrt{3} = 2\sqrt{3}\).
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = (2\sqrt{3}) \cdot (56)\]
\[x^8 - {1 \over x^8} = 112\sqrt{3}\]
Final Answer Calculation
Based on the steps, the value of \((x^8 - {1 \over x^8})\) is \(112\sqrt{3}\).
Revision Table: Key Algebraic Identities
Here's a quick summary of the identities used in this problem:
Identity
Formula
Square of a sum
\((a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2\)
Square of a difference
\((a-b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2\)
Difference of squares
\(a^2 - b^2 = (a-b)(a+b)\)
Additional Information on Powers and Reciprocals
Problems involving expressions like \(x^n + {1 \over x^n}\) or \(x^n - {1 \over x^n}\) are common in algebra. If you know the value of \(x + {1 \over x}\) or \(x - {1 \over x}\), you can iteratively find the values for higher powers using the identities discussed. For example, from \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\), you can find \(x^4 + {1 \over x^4}\), then \(x^8 + {1 \over x^8}\), and so on. Similarly, knowing \(x + {1 \over x}\) allows finding \(x - {1 \over x}\) (and vice versa) using the relationship \((x + {1 \over x})^2 - (x - {1 \over x})^2 = 4\). Always pay attention to conditions like \(x > 1\) or \(0 < x < 1\) as they help determine the sign when taking square roots.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 70archived
A father gives 8% of his monthly income to both his sons as pocket money. The elder son gets 85% of the total amount given to both sons. He spends 90% of the amount and saves Rs. 17. What is the monthly income of his father?
- A
Rs. 5,000
- B
Rs. 4,500
- C
Rs. 3,500
- D
Rs. 2,500
Show answer
D. Rs. 2,500Let's break down this percentage problem step by step to find the father's monthly income. We know how much the elder son saves, and we can work backwards through the percentages to find the original amount.
Understanding the Problem Percentages
The problem gives us information about percentages at different levels:
Percentage of father's income given as pocket money to both sons.
Percentage of total pocket money given to the elder son.
Percentage of the elder son's share that is spent (which implies the percentage saved).
Step-by-Step Calculation of Father's Income
We start with the amount the elder son saves and use the given percentages to find the larger amounts.
Step 1: Calculate the Elder Son's Total Share
The elder son spends 90% of his share. This means he saves the remaining percentage.
Savings percentage = 100% - Spending percentage
Savings percentage = $100\% - 90\% = 10\%$.
We are given that the elder son saves Rs. 17. This Rs. 17 is 10% of his total share of pocket money.
Let the elder son's total share be $E$.
$10\%$ of $E = 17$
In decimal form, $0.10 \times E = 17$.
To find $E$, we divide 17 by 0.10:
$E = \frac{17}{0.10} = 170$.
So, the elder son's total share of the pocket money is Rs. 170.
Step 2: Calculate the Total Pocket Money for Both Sons
The elder son gets 85% of the total amount given to both sons. His share is Rs. 170.
Let the total pocket money given to both sons be $T$.
The elder son's share ($E$) is 85% of the total pocket money ($T$).
$85\%$ of $T = E$
$85\%$ of $T = 170$
In decimal form, $0.85 \times T = 170$.
To find $T$, we divide 170 by 0.85:
$T = \frac{170}{0.85} = 200$.
The total pocket money given to both sons is Rs. 200.
Step 3: Calculate the Father's Monthly Income
The father gives 8% of his monthly income as pocket money to both sons. This total pocket money is Rs. 200.
Let the father's monthly income be $M$.
The total pocket money ($T$) is 8% of the father's monthly income ($M$).
$8\%$ of $M = T$
$8\%$ of $M = 200$
In decimal form, $0.08 \times M = 200$.
To find $M$, we divide 200 by 0.08:
$M = \frac{200}{0.08} = 2500$.
The father's monthly income is Rs. 2,500.
Summary of Calculations
We can summarize the steps and results in a table:
Step
Description
Calculation
Result
1
Elder son's savings percentage
$100\% - 90\% = 10\%$
10%
2
Elder son's total share
Savings / 10% = $17 / 0.10$
Rs. 170
3
Total pocket money for both sons
Elder son's share / 85% = $170 / 0.85$
Rs. 200
4
Father's monthly income
Total pocket money / 8% = $200 / 0.08$
Rs. 2,500
Based on the calculations, the father's monthly income is Rs. 2,500.
Revision Table - Key Percentages and Amounts
Item
Amount/Percentage
Related to
Father's Monthly Income
Rs. 2,500
Base value
Total Pocket Money (8% of Income)
Rs. 200
8% of Rs. 2,500
Elder Son's Share (85% of Total Pocket Money)
Rs. 170
85% of Rs. 200
Elder Son's Savings (10% of his Share)
Rs. 17
10% of Rs. 170
Additional Information - Percentage Calculations
Understanding how to work with percentages is crucial for solving problems like this. Here are some key points:
A percentage is a fraction out of 100. For example, 8% means $\frac{8}{100}$ or 0.08.
To find a percentage of a number, multiply the number by the percentage in decimal form. For example, 8% of 2500 is $0.08 \times 2500$.
To find the original number when you know a percentage of it, divide the known value by the percentage in decimal form. For example, if 10% of a number is 17, the number is $\frac{17}{0.10}$.
Working backwards from a known value (like savings) through the percentages is a common strategy for these types of problems.
This question involves successive percentages applied to decreasing amounts. It's important to calculate each step based on the correct intermediate total.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 71archived
Study the given bar-chart and answer the question that follows.
The bar-chart shows the production of maize by a state (in 1000 tonnes) over the years.
What was the percentage increase in the production of maize in 2019 compared to that in 2017?

- A
220%
- B
225%
- C
230%
- D
200%
Show answer
B. 225%Given:-
Old Value (2017) = 20 (in 1000 tonnes)
New Value (2019) = 65 (in 1000 tonnes)
Formula used:-
Percentage Increase = [(New Value - Old Value) / Old Value] × 100%
Calculation:-
Percentage Increase = [(65 - 20) / 20] × 100%
Percentage Increase = (45 / 20) × 100% = 225%
∴ The production of maize in 2019 increased by 225% compared to that in 2017.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 72archived
If the side of a cubical box is 12 cm, then find its total surface area.
- A
952 cm2
- B
864 cm2
- C
664 cm2
- D
792 cm2
Show answer
B. 864 cm2Cubical Box Side Length Identification
The problem requires us to calculate the total surface area of a cubical box. We are given that the length of one side of this cube is 12 cm. A cube is a special three-dimensional shape where all six faces are identical squares, and all edges have the same length.
Understanding Total Surface Area for a Cube
The total surface area (TSA) of any solid object is the sum of the areas of all its surfaces. For a cube, this means adding up the areas of its six square faces. Since all faces are identical, we can find the area of just one face and multiply it by six.
Formula for Cube Surface Area Calculation
Let '$s$' represent the length of one side of the cube. The area of one square face is calculated by multiplying the side length by itself, which is '$s \times s$' or '$s^2$'. Because a cube has 6 such identical faces, the formula for the total surface area of a cube is:
$$ \text{Total Surface Area} = 6 \times s^2 $$
Step-by-Step Calculation of Total Surface Area
We are given the side length '$s$' for the cubical box as 12 cm. We can now apply the formula step-by-step:
Step 1: State the given side length.
The side length, $s = 12$ cm.
Step 2: Calculate the area of a single face.
The area of one face is $s^2$. Substituting the value of $s$:
Area of one face = $(12 \text{ cm})^2$.
Step 3: Compute the square of the side length.
$(12 \text{ cm})^2 = 12 \text{ cm} \times 12 \text{ cm} = 144 \text{ cm}^2$.
Step 4: Calculate the total surface area using the formula.
Total Surface Area = $6 \times (\text{Area of one face})$
Total Surface Area = $6 \times 144 \text{ cm}^2$.
Step 5: Perform the final multiplication.
$6 \times 144 = 864$.
Therefore, the Total Surface Area = $864 \text{ cm}^2$.
Matching the Result with Provided Options
Our calculation shows that the total surface area of the cubical box is 864 cm2. Let's compare this with the options given:
Option 1: 952 cm2
Option 2: 864 cm2
Option 3: 664 cm2
Option 4: 792 cm2
Option 5:
The calculated value of 864 cm2 matches Option 2.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 73archived
If b = 5, determine the value of an expression \(({5 \over b} + 5b)\)\(({25 \over b^2} - 25 + 25b^2)\) using an identity.
- A
25726
- B
15438
- C
15626
- D
25636
Show answer
C. 15626Understanding the Problem
We are asked to find the value of a given algebraic expression when the variable \(b\) has a specific value. The question specifically asks us to use an identity to solve this problem. The expression is:
\left(\frac{5}{b} + 5b\right)\left(\frac{25}{b^2} - 25 + 25b^2\right)
We are given that \(b = 5\).
Identifying the Correct Algebraic Identity
Let's look closely at the structure of the expression. It has two parts multiplied together. The first part is a sum of two terms, and the second part contains three terms. This structure resembles the expansion of the sum of cubes or the difference of cubes identity.
The sum of cubes identity is given by:
x^3 + y^3 = (x+y)(x^2 - xy + y^2)
Let's see if our expression fits this pattern. Let's consider the terms in the first parenthesis:
Let x = \frac{5}{b}
Let y = 5b
Now, let's square these terms and find their product to see if they match the terms in the second parenthesis:
x^2 = \left(\frac{5}{b}\right)^2 = \frac{25}{b^2}
y^2 = (5b)^2 = 25b^2
xy = \left(\frac{5}{b}\right)(5b) = 5 \times 5 \times \frac{b}{b} = 25 \times 1 = 25
Now compare these results with the second parenthesis of the given expression: \left(\frac{25}{b^2} - 25 + 25b^2\right).
We see that the second parenthesis is exactly x^2 - xy + y^2, where x = \frac{5}{b} and y = 5b.
Therefore, the given expression is in the form (x+y)(x^2 - xy + y^2), which simplifies to x^3 + y^3.
Simplifying the Expression Using the Identity
Using the sum of cubes identity, the expression becomes:
\left(\frac{5}{b} + 5b\right)\left(\frac{25}{b^2} - 25 + 25b^2\right) = \left(\frac{5}{b}\right)^3 + (5b)^3
Substituting the Value of b
We are given that b=5. Now substitute this value into the simplified expression:
\left(\frac{5}{5}\right)^3 + (5 \times 5)^3
Calculating the Final Value
Now, we evaluate the expression with the substituted value of b:
First term: \left(\frac{5}{5}\right)^3 = (1)^3 = 1
Second term: (5 \times 5)^3 = (25)^3
To calculate 25^3:
25^3 = 25 \times 25 \times 25
25 \times 25 = 625
625 \times 25 = 15625
So, the expression simplifies to 1 + 15625.
1 + 15625 = 15626
Step-by-Step Evaluation
Identify the expression: \left(\frac{5}{b} + 5b\right)\left(\frac{25}{b^2} - 25 + 25b^2\right).
Recognize that the expression matches the form (x+y)(x^2 - xy + y^2) with x = \frac{5}{b} and y = 5b.
Apply the sum of cubes identity x^3 + y^3 = (x+y)(x^2 - xy + y^2) to simplify the expression to \left(\frac{5}{b}\right)^3 + (5b)^3.
Substitute the given value b=5 into the simplified expression: \left(\frac{5}{5}\right)^3 + (5 \times 5)^3.
Evaluate the terms: (1)^3 + (25)^3.
Calculate the cubes: 1^3 = 1 and 25^3 = 15625.
Add the results: 1 + 15625 = 15626.
The value of the expression when b=5 is 15626.
Revision Table: Key Concepts for Expression Evaluation
Concept
Explanation
Algebraic Expression
A mathematical phrase that contains variables, numbers, and mathematical operations.
Evaluating an Expression
Finding the numerical value of an expression by substituting given values for variables.
Algebraic Identity
An equation that is true for all possible values of the variables involved. Using identities can simplify expressions.
Sum of Cubes Identity
The specific identity used here: x^3 + y^3 = (x+y)(x^2 - xy + y^2).
Substitution
The process of replacing a variable with its numerical value.
Additional Information on Algebraic Identities
Algebraic identities are powerful tools in mathematics that help simplify complex expressions and solve equations more easily. Recognizing these patterns is a key skill in algebra. Besides the sum of cubes, other important identities include:
Difference of Squares: a^2 - b^2 = (a-b)(a+b)
Perfect Square Trinomials: (a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 and (a-b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2
Difference of Cubes: a^3 - b^3 = (a-b)(a^2 + ab + b^2)
Practicing identifying these patterns within various expressions will improve your ability to simplify and evaluate them efficiently.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 74archived
If \((x - {1 \over x}) = 10,\) what is the value of \((x^4 - {1 \over x^4})\)?
- A
10404
- B
1020√ 104
- C
10406
- D
10400
Show answer
B. 1020√ 104Understanding the Algebraic Problem
The problem asks us to find the value of the expression \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \) given the value of \( (x - {1 \over x}) = 10 \). This is an algebraic problem that involves powers and reciprocals of a variable \(x\).
Analyzing the Expression to Find
The expression we need to evaluate is \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \). We can recognize this as a difference of squares. The difference of squares identity states that \(a^2 - b^2 = (a-b)(a+b)\). We can apply this identity here where \(a = x^2\) and \(b = {1 \over x^2}\):
$$ x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = (x^2)^2 - ({1 \over x^2})^2 = (x^2 - {1 \over x^2})(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) $$
The term \( (x^2 - {1 \over x^2}) \) is also a difference of squares, where \(a = x\) and \(b = {1 \over x}\):
$$ x^2 - {1 \over x^2} = (x - {1 \over x})(x + {1 \over x}) $$
Combining these, we get:
$$ x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = (x - {1 \over x})(x + {1 \over x})(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) $$
To find the value of \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \), we need to find the values of \( (x - {1 \over x}) \), \( (x + {1 \over x}) \), and \( (x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) \).
Calculating the Necessary Components
We are given that \( (x - {1 \over x}) = 10 \). This is one of the components we need.
Next, let's find the value of \( (x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) \). We can use the given equation and square both sides:
$$ (x - {1 \over x})^2 = 10^2 $$
Using the identity \( (a - b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2 \), where \(a=x\) and \(b={1 \over x}\):
$$ x^2 - 2(x)({1 \over x}) + ({1 \over x})^2 = 100 $$
$$ x^2 - 2 + {1 \over x^2} = 100 $$
Adding 2 to both sides:
$$ x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = 100 + 2 $$
$$ x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = 102 $$
Now we have the value of \( (x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) = 102 \).
Finally, we need to find the value of \( (x + {1 \over x}) \). We can use the identity \( (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \). We know \( (x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) \), so we can write:
$$ (x + {1 \over x})^2 = x^2 + 2(x)({1 \over x}) + {1 \over x^2} $$
$$ (x + {1 \over x})^2 = x^2 + {1 \over x^2} + 2 $$
Substitute the value \( x^2 + {1 \over x^2} = 102 \):
$$ (x + {1 \over x})^2 = 102 + 2 $$
$$ (x + {1 \over x})^2 = 104 $$
Taking the square root of both sides:
$$ x + {1 \over x} = \pm \sqrt{104} $$
Based on the given options, it appears we should consider the positive value, \( x + {1 \over x} = \sqrt{104} \).
Evaluating the Expression \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \)
Now we have all the components needed to calculate \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \):
\( (x - {1 \over x}) = 10 \)
\( (x + {1 \over x}) = \sqrt{104} \)
\( (x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) = 102 \)
Substitute these values into the factored expression:
$$ x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = (x - {1 \over x})(x + {1 \over x})(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) $$
$$ x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = (10)(\sqrt{104})(102) $$
$$ x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = 10 \times 102 \times \sqrt{104} $$
$$ x^4 - {1 \over x^4} = 1020 \sqrt{104} $$
This result matches one of the provided options.
Component
Calculated Value
\(x - {1 \over x}\)
\(10\) (Given)
\(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\)
\(102\)
\(x + {1 \over x}\)
\( \sqrt{104} \) (Considering the positive root as per options)
\(x^4 - {1 \over x^4}\)
\(1020 \sqrt{104}\)
Conclusion
By factoring the expression \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \) and using the given information \( (x - {1 \over x}) = 10 \) to find the intermediate values of \( (x^2 + {1 \over x^2}) \) and \( (x + {1 \over x}) \), we found that the value of \( (x^4 - {1 \over x^4}) \) is \( 1020 \sqrt{104} \).
Revision Table: Key Algebraic Identities
Identity
Formula
Application in Problem
Difference of Squares
\(a^2 - b^2 = (a-b)(a+b)\)
Used for \(x^4 - {1 \over x^4}\) and \(x^2 - {1 \over x^2}\)
Square of a Difference
\((a - b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2\)
Used to find \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\) from \(x - {1 \over x}\)
Square of a Sum
\((a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2\)
Used to find \(x + {1 \over x}\) from \(x^2 + {1 \over x^2}\)
Additional Information: Alternative Approaches
While the factoring method is efficient here, one could theoretically solve for \(x\) explicitly from the initial equation \(x - {1 \over x} = 10\). Multiplying by \(x\) gives \(x^2 - 1 = 10x\), or \(x^2 - 10x - 1 = 0\). Using the quadratic formula \(x = \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a}\) with \(a=1\), \(b=-10\), \(c=-1\):
$$ x = {10 \pm \sqrt{(-10)^2 - 4(1)(-1)} \over 2(1)} $$
$$ x = {10 \pm \sqrt{100 + 4} \over 2} $$
$$ x = {10 \pm \sqrt{104} \over 2} $$
$$ x = 5 \pm {\sqrt{104} \over 2} $$
Then, calculate \(x^4\) and \( {1 \over x^4} \) for each of these values of \(x\) and subtract them. However, this method would be significantly more complex and computationally intensive than using algebraic identities, which is the standard approach for such problems.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 75archived
A, B and C can finish a work in 15 days working alternately in the same order. The efficiency of A is the same as that of B, and the efficiency of C is equal to that of A. In how many days will the work be finished if they work alternately in the order C, A and B?
- A
12
- B
14
- C
15
- D
16
Show answer
C. 15The correct answer is 15.
If there's a repeating pattern (a cycle), you can calculate the work done in one cycle and determine how many cycles are needed. Constant Efficiency: Unless stated otherwise, it's assumed that an individual's efficiency remains constant throughout the task. In this specific problem, the equality of efficiencies simplified the calculation significantly, making the work done per cycle identical regardless of the order (A, B, C vs.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 76archived
Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. Select the option that contains an error.
My mother is a honest and well known woman in the society.
- A
in the society
- B
My mother
- C
is a honest
- D
and well known woman
Show answer
C. is a honestIdentifying the Grammatical Error in the Sentence
The question asks us to identify the part of the sentence that contains a grammatical error. The sentence provided is: "My mother is a honest and well known woman in the society." We need to examine each part offered in the options to find the mistake.
Analyzing the Sentence Parts
Let's look at the options and the corresponding parts of the sentence:
Option 1: in the society
Option 2: My mother
Option 3: is a honest
Option 4: and well known woman
We will now analyze each part to check for grammatical correctness.
Detailed Analysis of "is a honest"
This part of the sentence is "is a honest". The word "honest" is an adjective describing the woman. The issue here is with the article "a" used before the adjective "honest".
The choice between the indefinite articles "a" and "an" depends on the sound of the word immediately following the article, not the letter it starts with.
Use "a" before words that start with a consonant sound.
Use "an" before words that start with a vowel sound.
Although "honest" starts with the letter 'h', the 'h' in "honest" is silent. The word "honest" is pronounced starting with an 'o' sound, which is a vowel sound (\(\text{/\text{'}\:\text{ɒnɪst}\text{/}\)}). Therefore, the correct article to use before "honest" is "an", not "a".
So, the phrase should be "is an honest".
Analyzing Other Parts of the Sentence
Let's briefly look at the other options:
in the society: This prepositional phrase indicates location or context. It is a standard and grammatically correct way to express where someone is known or belongs in this context.
My mother: This is the subject of the sentence. It is grammatically correct.
and well known woman: "well known" is a compound adjective modifying "woman". This structure is grammatically correct when listing qualities using "and". The entire phrase describes the subject's attributes.
Based on our analysis, the only part containing a grammatical error is "is a honest", which incorrectly uses the article "a" instead of "an" before the word "honest".
Conclusion
The part of the sentence with the error is "is a honest" because the correct article to use before "honest" is "an" due to the silent 'h' resulting in a vowel sound.
Sentence Part
Grammatical Status
Explanation
in the society
Correct
Standard prepositional phrase for context/location.
My mother
Correct
Subject of the sentence, correctly formed.
is a honest
Incorrect
Uses 'a' before a word starting with a vowel sound ('honest'). Should be 'an'.
and well known woman
Correct
Correct use of coordinating conjunction and compound adjective.
Revision Table: Using "a" vs "an"
The choice between "a" and "an" depends on the initial sound of the word that follows the article.
Rule
Example
Correct Usage
Use 'a' before a consonant sound.
cat, house (pronounced 'h'), university (pronounced 'yoo')
a cat, a house, a university
Use 'an' before a vowel sound.
apple, hour (silent 'h'), heir (silent 'h'), umbrella
an apple, an hour, an heir, an umbrella
Additional Information: Common Article Errors
Understanding articles (a, an, the) is crucial for correct English grammar. Here are some other common pitfalls:
Using "a" or "an" with uncountable nouns: You cannot say "a information" or "an advice". Uncountable nouns do not take "a" or "an".
Using "the" incorrectly with general statements: For example, saying "The cats are mammals" instead of "Cats are mammals" when talking about cats in general.
Omitting articles when needed: For example, "He is doctor" instead of "He is a doctor."
Confusing "a/an" and "the": Use "a/an" for the first mention of a singular countable noun or when talking about any one of a group. Use "the" when talking about a specific noun already mentioned, known, or unique.
Practicing identifying the initial sound of a word is key to correctly using "a" and "an", especially for words beginning with 'h' or 'u'.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 77archived
Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (S1 and S6) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
S1. A moment comes
A. long suppressed
B. and when the soul of a nation
C. which comes but rarely in history
D. when we step out from the old to the new, when an age ends
S6. finds utterance.
- A
CBAD
- B
CDBA
- C
ABCD
- D
DCBA
Show answer
B. CDBAUnderstanding Paragraph Reordering
Paragraph reordering questions require you to arrange a set of jumbled sentences into a coherent and meaningful paragraph. The key is to identify the logical flow of ideas between the sentences.
Analyzing the Given Sentences
We are given the first sentence (S1) and the last sentence (S6) in their correct positions. We need to arrange the four sentences A, B, C, and D between S1 and S6.
S1: A moment comes
A: long suppressed
B: and when the soul of a nation
C: which comes but rarely in history
D: when we step out from the old to the new, when an age ends
S6: finds utterance.
Step-by-Step Approach to Sentence Arrangement
Identify the Opening and Closing: S1 starts with "A moment comes". S6 ends with "finds utterance". We need to connect the middle sentences logically.
Look for Immediate Connections: Sentence C directly qualifies the "moment" mentioned in S1. "A moment comes which comes but rarely in history". This is a strong potential link, suggesting C might follow S1.
Find the Next Link: Sentence D describes *when* this rare moment happens: "...when we step out from the old to the new, when an age ends". This logically follows the description of the moment's rarity (C). So, S1 $\rightarrow$ C $\rightarrow$ D seems like a likely sequence.
Analyze Remaining Sentences and S6: Sentences B and A talk about "the soul of a nation" being "long suppressed". S6 concludes this thought: "...the soul of a nation finds utterance". Sentence B introduces the subject ("the soul of a nation"), and sentence A modifies it ("long suppressed"). This suggests B $\rightarrow$ A is the correct order for these two.
Combine the Sequences: We have the likely sequence S1 $\rightarrow$ C $\rightarrow$ D and the sequence B $\rightarrow$ A $\rightarrow$ S6. Let's put them together: S1 $\rightarrow$ C $\rightarrow$ D $\rightarrow$ B $\rightarrow$ A $\rightarrow$ S6.
Read the Complete Paragraph: Let's assemble the sentences in the order S1, C, D, B, A, S6:
A moment comes which comes but rarely in history, when we step out from the old to the new, when an age ends, and when the soul of a nation long suppressed finds utterance.
Check for Coherence: Reading the combined paragraph, the flow of ideas is logical and smooth. It describes a significant historical moment, when an old era ends and a new one begins, coinciding with a suppressed national identity finding its voice.
Determining the Correct Order of Sentences A, B, C, D
Based on our analysis, the correct sequence for the jumbled sentences is C, followed by D, then B, and finally A. This gives the order CDBA.
Position
Sentence
Connection
S1
A moment comes
Starts the topic
1st (C)
which comes but rarely in history
Qualifies S1
2nd (D)
when we step out from the old to the new, when an age ends
Describes when the moment occurs (follows C)
3rd (B)
and when the soul of a nation
Introduces the subject finding utterance (connects to D and S6)
4th (A)
long suppressed
Modifies the subject introduced in B
S6
finds utterance.
Completes the thought from B and A
The correct arrangement of the sentences A, B, C, and D is CDBA.
Revision Table: Paragraph Reordering
Skill
Description
How to Apply
Identifying Topic Sentence
Finding the sentence that introduces the main idea.
Look for general statements or introductions.
Identifying Concluding Sentence
Finding the sentence that summarizes or ends the idea.
Look for summary words or final thoughts.
Finding Connections (Cohesion)
Identifying links between sentences using pronouns, transition words (like 'and', 'but', 'therefore', 'however'), repeated keywords, or logical flow.
Match pronouns to nouns, transition words to relationships (cause-effect, contrast, addition), and follow the sequence of events or ideas.
Establishing Coherence
Ensuring the sentences flow logically and the paragraph makes sense as a whole.
Read the arranged paragraph to check if the ideas progress smoothly.
Additional Information: Tips for Jumbled Sentences
Always start by carefully reading S1 and S6 if provided, as they give context.
Look for sentences that introduce a new idea or subject. These often come early.
Look for sentences that refer back to a previously mentioned idea, person, or object using pronouns (he, she, it, they, this, that) or demonstratives. These sentences usually follow the one they refer to.
Pay attention to transition words or phrases that indicate sequence, cause-and-effect, contrast, or addition.
Identify sentence pairs that logically belong together (like B and A in this example).
Once you have a potential order, read the entire paragraph aloud to check if it sounds natural and makes sense.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 78archived
Identify the sentence that contains no spelling errors.
- A
Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendus offer by a company to work in collaboration with internet personel.
- B
Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaboration with internet personnel.
- C
Manisha got overwellmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaborasion with internet personnel.
- D
Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaborasion with internet personnal.
Show answer
B. Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaboration with internet personnel.Identifying Sentences with Correct Spelling
The task is to find the sentence among the given options that contains no spelling errors. This requires carefully examining each word in every sentence to check for correct spelling.
Analyzing Each Sentence for Spelling Errors
Let's break down each option and identify any misspelled words.
The first sentence is: "Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendus offer by a company to work in collaboration with internet personel."
"tremendus" is misspelled. The correct spelling is "tremendous".
"personel" is misspelled. The correct spelling is "personnel".
This sentence contains spelling errors.
The second sentence is: "Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaboration with internet personnel."
"overwhelmed" is correctly spelled.
"tremendous" is correctly spelled.
"collaboration" is correctly spelled.
"internet" is correctly spelled.
"personnel" is correctly spelled.
All words in this sentence appear to be spelled correctly. This sentence contains no spelling errors.
The third sentence is: "Manisha got overwellmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaborasion with internet personnel."
"overwellmed" is misspelled. The correct spelling is "overwhelmed".
"tremendous" is correctly spelled.
"collaborasion" is misspelled. The correct spelling is "collaboration".
"personnel" is correctly spelled.
This sentence contains spelling errors.
The fourth sentence is: "Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaborasion with internet personnal."
"overwhelmed" is correctly spelled.
"tremendous" is correctly spelled.
"collaborasion" is misspelled. The correct spelling is "collaboration".
"personnal" is misspelled. The correct spelling is "personnel".
This sentence contains spelling errors.
Comparing Spellings
Here's a comparison of the potentially misspelled words and their correct forms:
Incorrect Spelling
Correct Spelling
tremendus
tremendous
personel
personnel
overwellmed
overwhelmed
collaborasion
collaboration
personnal
personnel
Conclusion on Correct Spelling
Based on the analysis, only the second sentence uses the correct spelling for all words involved. Therefore, the sentence that contains no spelling errors is: "Manisha got overwhelmed by the tremendous offer by a company to work in collaboration with internet personnel."
Revision Table: Common Spelling Errors
Reviewing common spelling mistakes can help avoid errors.
Word
Common Error
Correct Spelling Rule/Tip
Tremendous
Tremendus
Ends with '-ous'.
Personnel
Personel, Personnal
Has double 'n' and double 'l'. Think 'personnel' managing many people (double letters).
Overwhelmed
Overwellmed
Ends with '-whelmed', not '-wellmed'.
Collaboration
Collaborasion
Nouns ending in '-ion' often come from verbs ending in '-ate' (collaborate).
Additional Information on English Spelling
English spelling can be tricky due to its history and borrowings from other languages. Here are a few points to remember:
Many words have silent letters (e.g., 'k' in 'know', 'gh' in 'light').
Vowel sounds can be represented by different letter combinations (e.g., 'ee' in 'see', 'ea' in 'tea', 'ie' in 'chief').
Double letters often cause confusion (e.g., 'accommodate', 'committee', 'embarrass').
Learning common prefixes and suffixes can sometimes help predict spelling.
Regularly reading and writing exposes you to correct spellings.
Using a dictionary or spell-checker is a helpful tool, but understanding the rules improves accuracy.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 79archived
Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.
In a soup
- A
Extremely short of money
- B
To exhibit cowardice
- C
To get nothing
- D
In trouble
Show answer
D. In troubleThe correct answer is In trouble.
Additional Information: Learning Idioms Learning idioms is important for understanding native speakers and improving fluency. They often have figurative meanings that are different from the literal meanings of the words. Understanding the context in which an idiom is used can help in grasping its meaning. Some other common idioms expressing difficulty include "in hot water" or "in a fix".
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 80archived
Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the underlined word.
They praised her for her bravery.
- A
Acclaimed
- B
Rebuked
- C
Defended
- D
Assaulted
Show answer
B. RebukedUnderstanding Antonyms: Finding the Opposite of Praised
The question asks us to find the most appropriate antonym of the underlined word "praised". An antonym is a word that means the opposite of another word.
Meaning of Praised
The word "praised" means to express approval or admiration for someone or something. It is a positive action, often done publicly or formally, acknowledging someone's good qualities or achievements. In the sentence, "They praised her for her bravery," it means they expressed admiration and approval for her courage.
Analyzing the Options to Find the Antonym
Let's look at the meaning of each option provided and determine which one is the most appropriate antonym for "praised".
Acclaimed: This word means praised enthusiastically and publicly. It is very close in meaning to "praised" and is actually a synonym.
Rebuked: This word means expressed sharp disapproval or criticism of someone because of their behavior or actions. This is the opposite of expressing approval or admiration.
Defended: This word means protected from harm or danger, or supported in the face of criticism or attack. While it involves a positive action towards someone, it is not the opposite of expressing approval.
Assaulted: This word means made a concerted or violent attack on someone or something. While it can include verbal attacks, the primary meaning is often physical, and even when verbal, "rebuked" is a more direct and common antonym for "praised" which specifically relates to formal disapproval versus formal approval.
Comparing Word Meanings
Let's compare the core meanings in the context of expressing a judgment or reaction towards someone:
Word
Core Meaning
Relationship to Praised
Praised
Expressed approval/admiration
Original word
Acclaimed
Praised enthusiastically
Synonym
Rebuked
Expressed sharp disapproval/criticism
Antonym
Defended
Protected/supported
Unrelated antonym
Assaulted
Attacked (often violently/harshly)
Indirect/Harsh opposition, but not a direct antonym of 'praised' in terms of formal judgment
Based on the meanings, "Rebuked" directly expresses the opposite sentiment of "praised". While "assaulted" involves an attack which is certainly not praise, "rebuked" specifically describes expressing criticism or disapproval, which is the most direct antonym for expressing approval or admiration.
Identifying the Correct Antonym
The word "rebuked" means to criticize or reprimand. This is the direct opposite of "praised", which means to express approval or admiration. Therefore, "Rebuked" is the most appropriate antonym.
Revision Table: Vocabulary Terms
Word
Meaning
Type of Word
Praised
Expressed approval or admiration
Verb (Past Tense)
Acclaimed
Praised enthusiastically and publicly
Verb (Past Tense)
Rebuked
Expressed sharp disapproval or criticism
Verb (Past Tense)
Defended
Protected from harm or danger; supported
Verb (Past Tense)
Assaulted
Made a concerted or violent attack
Verb (Past Tense)
Additional Information: Learning Antonyms and Vocabulary
Understanding antonyms is a key part of building a strong vocabulary. Knowing antonyms helps you understand the nuances of word meanings and how words relate to each other. When learning a new word, it is often helpful to learn its synonyms (words with similar meanings) and antonyms at the same time. This helps reinforce the meaning and provides multiple ways to express an idea.
Context is also important when choosing the most appropriate antonym. While a word might have several potential antonyms, the specific context of the sentence often guides you to the best fit. In this case, the context of receiving a reaction for bravery makes "rebuked" a suitable opposite for "praised".
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 81archived
Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the given word.
Intentional
- A
Cordial
- B
Unplanned
- C
Amiable
- D
Inanimate
Show answer
B. UnplannedFinding the Antonym of Intentional
The question asks for the most appropriate antonym of the word "Intentional". An antonym is a word that has the opposite meaning of another word.
Let's analyze the meaning of the given word and the options provided.
Meaning of Intentional
The word "Intentional" means done deliberately or on purpose; resulting from or involving intent.
Analyzing the Options
We need to find the word among the options that means the opposite of being deliberate or on purpose.
Cordial: This means warm and friendly. It is not related to the concept of intention or purpose.
Unplanned: This means not planned or arranged; spontaneous or accidental. Something unplanned happens without deliberate intent. This is the opposite of being intentional.
Amiable: This means having or displaying a friendly and pleasant manner. Like "Cordial", it relates to personality and demeanor, not intention.
Inanimate: This means not alive; lifeless. This is completely unrelated to the concept of intention.
Determining the Antonym
Comparing the meaning of "Intentional" (done on purpose, deliberate) with the options, "Unplanned" (not planned, accidental) is the clear opposite. An intentional act is deliberate, while an unplanned act is not deliberate.
Therefore, the most appropriate antonym for "Intentional" is "Unplanned".
Summary of Options and Meanings
Word
Meaning
Relationship to "Intentional"
Intentional
Done deliberately or on purpose
The base word
Cordial
Warm and friendly
Not an antonym
Unplanned
Not planned; accidental
Antonym
Amiable
Friendly and pleasant
Not an antonym
Inanimate
Not alive; lifeless
Not an antonym
Based on the analysis, "Unplanned" is the only option that serves as an antonym to "Intentional".
Revision Table: Intentional Antonym
Word
Meaning
Antonym
Example Usage
Intentional
Done on purpose, deliberate
Unplanned, Accidental, Inadvertent
It was an intentional decision to leave early.
Unplanned
Not planned, spontaneous, accidental
Intentional, Deliberate, Planned
The meeting was completely unplanned.
Additional Information: Understanding Antonyms and Synonyms
Antonyms and synonyms are important concepts in vocabulary building. Understanding them helps improve reading comprehension and writing skills.
Antonym: A word opposite in meaning to another. Examples: hot/cold, up/down, fast/slow, intentional/unplanned.
Synonym: A word or phrase that means exactly or nearly the same as another word or phrase in the same language. Examples: happy/joyful, big/large, fast/quick, intentional/deliberate/purposeful.
Identifying antonyms requires understanding the core meaning of a word and finding another word that negates or reverses that meaning. Context is often important, as some words can have multiple meanings and thus multiple potential antonyms or synonyms depending on how they are used.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 82archived
Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the given word.
Abandon
- A
Quit
- B
Surrender
- C
Shorten
- D
Continue
Show answer
D. ContinueFinding the Antonym of Abandon
The question asks us to identify the most appropriate antonym for the word "Abandon". An antonym is a word that means the opposite of another word. Let's look at the meaning of "Abandon" and then examine the given options.
The word "Abandon" generally means to give up completely, to stop doing something because of difficulty or discouragement, or to leave a place, person, or thing, usually permanently.
Analysing the Options for Abandon's Antonym
Let's consider each option:
Option 1: Quit
"Quit" means to stop doing something or leave a job or place. This is very similar in meaning to "Abandon". Therefore, "Quit" is a synonym, not an antonym.
Option 2: Surrender
"Surrender" means to give up or hand over something, especially in a fight or contest. This implies giving up, which aligns closely with the meaning of "Abandon". Thus, "Surrender" is also a synonym or a closely related word, not an antonym.
Option 3: Shorten
"Shorten" means to make something shorter in length or duration. This word has no direct relationship to the meaning of "Abandon", which is about giving up or leaving. Therefore, "Shorten" is not the antonym.
Option 4: Continue
"Continue" means to keep doing something, to proceed without interruption, or to remain in existence or a position. This is the direct opposite of stopping, giving up, or leaving something. If you abandon a project, you stop working on it. If you continue a project, you keep working on it.
Comparing the options to the meaning of "Abandon", the word that represents the opposite action of giving up or stopping is "Continue".
Summary of Word Relationships
Word
Meaning related to 'Abandon'
Relationship to 'Abandon'
Abandon
To give up, stop, or leave
Main Word
Quit
To stop or leave
Synonym
Surrender
To give up
Synonym
Shorten
To make shorter
Unrelated
Continue
To keep doing or going
Antonym
Based on this analysis, "Continue" is the most appropriate antonym for "Abandon".
Revision Table: Mastering Antonyms
Word
Meaning
Antonym
Abandon
To give up or leave completely
Continue, Pursue, Retain, Support
Continue
To keep doing or going
Stop, Cease, Discontinue, Abandon
Quit
To stop or leave
Start, Begin, Continue
Surrender
To give up resistance
Resist, Fight, Conquer
Additional Information on Antonyms and Vocabulary
Understanding antonyms is a crucial part of building a strong vocabulary. Antonyms help in grasping the full spectrum of a word's meaning by contrasting it with its opposite. They are useful in various contexts, including writing, reading comprehension, and standardized tests.
Some words can have multiple antonyms depending on the specific context in which they are used.
Learning synonyms and antonyms together can significantly enhance word retention and usage.
Context is key when determining the best antonym for a word.
For example, while "Continue" is a general antonym for "Abandon" in the sense of giving up an activity, if "Abandon" is used in the sense of leaving a person, antonyms might include "Support" or "Stay with". However, in the context of the given options, "Continue" is the clear opposite of stopping or giving up.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 83archived
Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. The 1995 World Summit for Social Development had also emphasised the pivotal role of women in eradicating poverty and mending the social fabric.
B. Women are rational in approach, careful in handling situations and want to do things as best as possible.
C. The Fourth World Conference of Women held in Beijing in September 1995 had emphasised that no enduring solution of society’s most threatening social, economic and political problems could be found without the participation and empowerment of the women.
D. Today’s woman is a highly self-directed person, alive to the sense of her dignity and the importance of her functions in the private domestic domain and the public domain of the world of work.
- A
ABDC
- B
DBCA
- C
DBAC
- D
BCAD
Show answer
B. DBCAUnderstanding Paragraph Jumbles
Paragraph jumble questions test your ability to understand the logical flow and coherence of a paragraph. You are given several sentences that are out of order and need to arrange them to form a meaningful paragraph. To solve these, look for introductory sentences, connecting words, transitions, and the overall topic being discussed.
Analyzing the Sentences
Let's read each sentence carefully to understand its content:
Sentence A: The 1995 World Summit for Social Development had also emphasised the pivotal role of women in eradicating poverty and mending the social fabric. This sentence talks about a specific event (1995 World Summit) and highlights women's role in specific areas (poverty, social fabric). The word "also" suggests it follows something similar.
Sentence B: Women are rational in approach, careful in handling situations and want to do things as best as possible. This sentence describes the positive qualities or characteristics of women.
Sentence C: The Fourth World Conference of Women held in Beijing in September 1995 had emphasised that no enduring solution of society’s most threatening social, economic and political problems could be found without the participation and empowerment of the women. This sentence talks about another specific event (Beijing Conference, 1995) and strongly emphasizes the necessity of women's participation for solving major societal problems.
Sentence D: Today’s woman is a highly self-directed person, alive to the sense of her dignity and the importance of her functions in the private domestic domain and the public domain of the world of work. This sentence introduces the subject - "today's woman" - and describes her self-awareness and importance in both personal and professional spheres.
Finding the Starting Sentence
A good starting sentence usually introduces the main topic or subject without directly referring to something mentioned earlier. Sentence D introduces the concept of "today's woman" and her awareness of her importance. This makes it a strong candidate for the opening sentence.
Establishing the Logical Flow
Let's try to build the paragraph step-by-step, starting with D:
Sentence D: Introduces today's woman and her self-perception.
What follows logically from introducing the modern woman? Perhaps describing her characteristics or qualities. Sentence B describes her as "rational," "careful," and wanting to do things "as best as possible." This seems like a good follow-up to D, elaborating on the kind of person today's woman is. So, DB is a likely start.
Now consider sentences A and C. Both mention significant international events in 1995 that emphasized the importance of women. Sentence C talks about the Beijing Conference and the necessity of women's participation for solving society's "most threatening" problems. Sentence A talks about the World Summit and women's "pivotal role" in eradicating poverty and mending the social fabric.
Sentence C makes a strong statement about the essential nature of women's participation for solving major problems. Sentence A talks about their role in specific areas like poverty and social fabric. It's common to move from a general statement to more specific examples or related points. Therefore, C could logically follow B, emphasizing *why* women's qualities (from B) make their participation necessary (C).
Finally, Sentence A mentions the World Summit and also uses the word "also," suggesting it adds another point similar to the previous one (C). So, A could follow C, providing another example of an international event reinforcing women's important roles.
This leads to the order DBCA.
Evaluating the Proposed Order (DBCA)
D: Today’s woman is a highly self-directed person, alive to the sense of her dignity and the importance of her functions in the private domestic domain and the public domain of the world of work. (Introduces topic)
B: Women are rational in approach, careful in handling situations and want to do things as best as possible. (Describes her qualities, linking to her being self-directed and important)
C: The Fourth World Conference of Women held in Beijing in September 1995 had emphasised that no enduring solution of society’s most threatening social, economic and political problems could be found without the participation and empowerment of the women. (Provides international support for the necessity of women's role, following from her qualities)
A: The 1995 World Summit for Social Development had also emphasised the pivotal role of women in eradicating poverty and mending the social fabric. (Provides another instance of international emphasis on women's role, adding to C)
This order creates a coherent paragraph that starts by introducing the modern woman, describes her attributes, and then supports her importance by citing international conferences that emphasized her crucial role in society.
Comparing with Other Options
Let's briefly look at why other options might not fit as well:
ABDC: Starts with A (a specific conference), which is unlikely to be an introduction.
DBAC: Starts well with D and B. Then A follows B, mentioning the World Summit. This is followed by C, mentioning the Beijing Conference and the necessity of participation for solving problems. While possible, DBCA flows slightly better by moving from the general necessity (C) to a more specific role (A), and the "also" in A links well to a previous statement of emphasis (in C).
BCAD: Starts with B (qualities), which usually follows an introduction of the subject. C and A mention specific events, and D introduces the subject. This order does not logically flow.
Based on the analysis, the order DBCA provides the most logical and coherent paragraph structure.
Sentence
Role in Paragraph
D
Introduction of the subject ("today's woman")
B
Description of the subject's qualities
C
First point of international emphasis on her necessity (general problems)
A
Second point of international emphasis on her role (specific areas), linked by "also"
Conclusion on Sentence Arrangement
The correct arrangement of the sentences to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph is DBCA. This sequence begins by defining the modern woman, describes her characteristics, and then provides evidence from international events highlighting her indispensable role in societal development and problem-solving.
Revision Table: Paragraph Jumble Strategy
Step
Action
Purpose
1
Read all sentences
Understand the general topic and content of each sentence.
2
Identify the introductory sentence
Look for a sentence that introduces the main subject or idea.
3
Look for connecting words/phrases
Words like "also", "therefore", "however", pronouns (he, she, it, they) help link sentences.
4
Identify concluding sentence (if any)
A sentence that summarizes or provides a final thought. (Less common in short jumbles)
5
Find cause-and-effect or sequence
Determine if one sentence explains the reason for another or follows in time/logic.
6
Form potential pairs or groups
Identify sentences that seem to belong together.
7
Test options
Arrange sentences according to options and read the resulting paragraph to check for flow and coherence.
Additional Information: Cohesion and Coherence
When arranging sentences in a paragraph jumble, understanding the concepts of cohesion and coherence is key.
Cohesion: This refers to the grammatical and lexical links between sentences. It's about how sentences are tied together through words and phrases (like pronouns, conjunctions, repetition of keywords, synonyms). For example, the word "also" in sentence A provides a cohesive link to a preceding sentence that also emphasized something similar.
Coherence: This refers to the overall meaning and logical flow of the paragraph. A coherent paragraph makes sense as a whole; the ideas are presented in a logical order and are easy to follow. Even if sentences are grammatically linked (cohesive), they might not make a coherent paragraph if the ideas jump around illogically.
In this paragraph jumble exercise, we used both cohesion (e.g., "also" in A) and coherence (logical progression from introducing the subject D, describing her qualities B, and then citing international support C and A) to find the correct order.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 84archived
Select the most appropriate option that can substitute the underlined words in the given sentence.
Being a practiced liar, it was totally normal for him to utter a complete and blatant lie.
- A
blasphemy
- B
whopper
- C
falsehood
- D
perjury
Show answer
C. falsehoodUnderstanding Substitutes for "Lie" in English
The question asks us to find the most appropriate word to replace the underlined word "lie" in the sentence: "Being a practiced liar, it was totally normal for him to utter a complete and blatant lie." We need to look at the context, which describes someone who is accustomed to telling lies and utters a significant, obvious one.
Analyzing the Options for Replacing "Lie"
Let's examine each option provided and see how well it fits the meaning of the sentence:
blasphemy: Blasphemy refers to irreverent talk about God or sacred things. This has no relation to the act of telling a lie or making a false statement in a general context.
whooper: This seems to be a misspelling or an informal variant of "whopper," which is an informal term for a very large lie. While a "complete and blatant lie" could be considered a whopper, "whopper" is informal, and the sentence structure suggests a more standard term is needed to substitute "lie" directly.
falsehood: A falsehood is the state of being untrue, or a false statement. This is a direct synonym for "lie" and fits the context of making a statement that is not true.
perjury: Perjury is specifically the crime of willfully telling an untruth or making a misrepresentation while under oath. The sentence does not mention anything about being under oath, so this term is too specific and doesn't fit the general context of a practiced liar telling a lie.
Why Falsehood is the Best Substitute for Lie
Comparing the options, "falsehood" is the most suitable and accurate substitute for "lie" in the given sentence. It directly refers to a false statement, which is precisely what a practiced liar would utter. The phrase "complete and blatant falsehood" makes perfect sense in the context of describing a significant and obvious untruth spoken by someone known for lying.
Let's look at how the substituted sentence reads:
"Being a practiced liar, it was totally normal for him to utter a complete and blatant falsehood."
This sentence retains the original meaning and flows correctly.
Comparing the Options
Option
Meaning
Fit in Sentence
blasphemy
Irreverent talk about sacred things
Does not fit
whooper (whopper)
A large lie (informal)
Possible informally, but less precise/formal than 'falsehood'
falsehood
A false statement; state of being untrue
Excellent fit; direct synonym for 'lie'
perjury
Lying under oath
Too specific; requires the context of being under oath
Revision Table: Understanding Lie and Substitutes
Key Terms Related to Lying
Term
Definition
Lie
An intentionally false statement.
Liar
A person who tells lies.
Falsehood
The quality or state of being untrue; a false statement.
Perjury
The offense of telling an untruth or making a misrepresentation under oath.
Blasphemy
An act, utterance, or writing showing contempt for something sacred.
Additional Information on False Statements and Lies
While "lie" and "falsehood" are often used interchangeably, "falsehood" can sometimes refer to a statement that is simply untrue, regardless of intent, whereas a "lie" always implies intent to deceive. However, in the context of a "practiced liar" uttering a "complete and blatant" one, the intent is clear, and "falsehood" functions as a perfect synonym for "lie". Other synonyms for lie or falsehood include untruth, fib (often for a small lie), fabrication, and deception (the act of causing someone to believe something that is not true).
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 85archived
Select the option that contains a grammatical error in the underlined portion.
He was always been a grumpy man so I never liked him and avoided his company.
- A
He was always been a grumpy man, so I never liked him and avoided his company
- B
He was always been a grumpy man, so I never liked him and avoided his company
- C
He was always been a grumpy man, so I never liked him and avoided his company.
- D
He was always been a grumpy man, so I never liked him and avoided his company.
Show answer
B. He was always been a grumpy man, so I never liked him and avoided his companyIdentifying Grammatical Errors in Sentences
The question asks us to find the option that contains a grammatical error in the underlined part of the sentence: "He was always been a grumpy man so I never liked him and avoided his company."
Let's examine each option and the underlined portion:
Option 1: so I never liked him
Option 2: He was always been
Option 3: a grumpy man
Option 4: and avoided his company
Analyzing Each Underlined Phrase for Grammatical Correctness
We need to evaluate if the grammar within the underlined part of each option is correct in the context of the sentence.
Option 1: so I never liked him
This phrase acts as a conjunction ('so') introducing a result clause ('I never liked him'). The structure 'so + subject + verb' is a standard way to show consequence. 'I never liked him' uses the simple past tense ('liked'), which is grammatically correct for stating a past feeling or state. Therefore, this part is grammatically correct.
Option 2: He was always been
Let's look closely at the verb phrase here. We have the auxiliary verb "was" followed by the past participle "been". The word "been" is the past participle of the verb "to be".
Past participles like "been" are typically used with forms of the auxiliary verb 'to have' (has, have, had) to form perfect tenses (e.g., "He has been", "He had been"). They can also be used with modal verbs (e.g., "He must have been").
The auxiliary verb "was" (a form of 'to be') is usually used with the present participle (-ing form) to form continuous tenses (e.g., "He was being grumpy") or with a past participle in the passive voice (e.g., "He was seen").
Combining "was" directly with "been" ("was been") is not a standard or correct grammatical structure in English. To express a habitual state in the past, one would typically say "He was always grumpy" (simple past) or "He had always been grumpy" (past perfect).
Therefore, the phrase "He was always been" contains a clear grammatical error.
Option 3: a grumpy man
This is a noun phrase functioning as a complement describing the subject 'He'. Articles ('a'), adjectives ('grumpy'), and nouns ('man') are combined correctly to form this phrase. Grammatically, 'a grumpy man' is correct as a descriptive phrase following a linking verb like 'was'.
Option 4: and avoided his company
This phrase is part of a compound predicate, connected by the conjunction 'and'. It follows 'so I never liked him' and describes another action taken by the speaker ('I'). 'avoided' is in the simple past tense, consistent with 'liked'. 'his company' is a correct noun phrase. The structure 'and avoided his company' is grammatically sound in this context.
Conclusion
Based on the analysis, the only underlined portion that contains a grammatical error is "He was always been" found in Option 2. The correct forms would be "He was always grumpy" or "He had always been grumpy".
Analysis of Underlined Phrases
Option
Underlined Phrase
Grammatical Correctness
Explanation
1
so I never liked him
Correct
Standard conjunction and simple past tense clause.
2
He was always been
Incorrect
Incorrect combination of "was" and "been".
3
a grumpy man
Correct
Correct noun phrase functioning as a complement.
4
and avoided his company
Correct
Correct simple past tense verb phrase in a compound predicate.
Revision Table: Common Verb Errors
Avoiding Common Verb Agreement and Tense Errors
Incorrect Usage
Reason for Error
Correct Usage Examples
He was been
Incorrect auxiliary verb ('was') with past participle ('been').
He has been, He had been, He was (grumpy)
She go
Subject-verb agreement error (3rd person singular requires -s).
She goes, They go
We are went
Incorrect auxiliary ('are') with past tense ('went').
We went, We are going, We have gone
Additional Information: Auxiliary Verbs and Participles
Auxiliary verbs (also called helping verbs) are crucial for forming different tenses, moods, and voices in English. The main auxiliary verbs are 'be', 'have', and 'do'.
'Be' (is, am, are, was, were): Used with present participles (-ing) for continuous tenses (e.g., "He is reading") and with past participles (-ed, -en) for the passive voice (e.g., "The book was read").
'Have' (has, have, had): Used with past participles (-ed, -en) for perfect tenses (e.g., "She has finished", "They had eaten").
'Do' (do, does, did): Used for forming questions, negatives, and adding emphasis in the simple present and simple past tenses (e.g., "Do you understand?", "He did not go").
In the phrase "He was always been", the verb 'been' is a past participle. Past participles follow forms of 'have' for perfect tenses or 'be' for passive voice. Since the sentence describes a state ("grumpy man") and not an action being done to him (passive) and is not a continuous action, the structure "was been" is incorrect. It requires a form of 'have' for a perfect tense describing a state over time, or simply 'was' for a past state.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 86archived
Select the option that can be used as a one-word substitute for the given group of words.
A person who does not drink alcohol.
- A
Vegetarian
- B
Celibate
- C
Teetotaller
- D
Abstain
Show answer
C. TeetotallerUnderstanding One-Word Substitutes for Habits
This question asks for a single word that accurately describes "A person who does not drink alcohol." To find the correct answer, we need to understand the meaning of each provided option.
Analyzing the Options
Let's look at what each word means:
Vegetarian: A person who does not eat meat. This relates to dietary choices, specifically avoiding animal flesh, but it says nothing about alcohol consumption.
Celibate: A person who abstains from marriage and sexual relations, usually for religious reasons. This relates to marital and sexual status, not alcohol consumption.
Teetotaller: A person who never drinks alcoholic drinks. This word directly matches the description given in the question.
Abstain: To restrain oneself from doing or enjoying something. This is a verb meaning to refrain from something (like drinking alcohol), but the question asks for a word for the *person* who does this, not the action itself.
Identifying the Correct Word
Based on the definitions, the word that precisely describes "A person who does not drink alcohol" is Teetotaller.
Comparison of Vocabulary Terms
Word
Meaning
Related to Alcohol?
Vegetarian
Doesn't eat meat
No
Celibate
Abstains from marriage/sex
No
Teetotaller
Doesn't drink alcohol
Yes, directly
Abstain (Verb)
To refrain from doing something
Can relate to alcohol, but isn't the person
Therefore, the one-word substitute for a person who does not drink alcohol is Teetotaller.
Revision Table: Understanding Word Meanings
Reviewing key terms helps solidify understanding for vocabulary questions.
One-word substitute: A single word that replaces a phrase or clause while conveying the same meaning.
Alcohol: Drinks containing ethanol, consumed socially or culturally.
Teetotaller: Specifically the person who chooses not to drink alcohol.
Additional Information: Vocabulary Building Tips
Expanding your vocabulary is key to answering one-word substitution questions. Here are some tips:
Learn words in context; don't just memorize definitions.
Use new words in sentences.
Keep a vocabulary journal.
Learn roots, prefixes, and suffixes.
Practice with quizzes and exercises.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 87archived
Describe how you will tell your parents that Suraj is loved by Siva in active voice.
- A
Siva is been loving Suraj.
- B
Suraj loved Siva.
- C
Siva loves Suraj.
- D
Siva were loving Suraj.
Show answer
C. Siva loves Suraj.Understanding Active and Passive Voice
In English grammar, the "voice" of a verb tells us whether the subject of the sentence performs the action or receives the action. There are two main voices: active voice and passive voice.
Active Voice: The subject performs the action. The structure is typically Subject + Verb + Object. This voice is usually more direct and energetic. Example: "Siva loves Suraj." (Siva is the subject performing the action of loving).
Passive Voice: The subject receives the action. The structure is typically Subject + form of "be" + Past Participle of verb + (optional) "by" + Doer of the action. Example: "Suraj is loved by Siva." (Suraj is the subject receiving the action of being loved, and Siva is the one doing the loving).
Analyzing the Question: Converting to Active Voice
The question asks how to express the idea that "Suraj is loved by Siva" using the active voice. The original sentence, "Suraj is loved by Siva," is in the passive voice. Here, "Suraj" is the subject, but he is receiving the action ("is loved"), and "Siva" is the person performing the action (the doer), introduced by "by".
To convert a sentence from passive voice to active voice, we need to make the doer of the action the subject of the sentence. The verb needs to be adjusted to match the new subject and tense, and the original subject (which received the action) becomes the object.
Let's break down the original passive sentence:
Subject (Receiver): Suraj
Verb: is loved (Present tense passive)
Doer of the action: Siva
To convert to active voice:
The doer ("Siva") becomes the new subject.
The verb needs to be in the active form, matching the tense of the passive verb ("is loved" is present passive). The present active form of "love" is "loves" (for a singular subject like Siva).
The original subject ("Suraj") becomes the object.
Following these steps, the active voice sentence should be "Siva loves Suraj."
Evaluating the Options for Active Voice
Let's look at the given options to find the correct active voice sentence:
Option 1: "Siva is been loving Suraj." This sentence uses incorrect grammar and verb tense ("is been loving" is not a standard English construction). It is not the correct active voice equivalent.
Option 2: "Suraj loved Siva." This sentence is in the active voice, but the subject is "Suraj" and the object is "Siva". This means Suraj is doing the loving, and Siva is receiving it. This changes the meaning from the original passive sentence, where Siva is doing the loving. Also, the tense is past ("loved"), while the original was present ("is loved"). Therefore, this option is incorrect.
Option 3: "Siva loves Suraj." This sentence has "Siva" as the subject, "loves" as the verb (present tense, matching the original passive tense), and "Suraj" as the object. This means Siva is performing the action of loving towards Suraj. This accurately represents the meaning of the original passive sentence in the active voice.
Option 4: "Siva were loving Suraj." This sentence uses the past continuous tense ("were loving") and incorrect subject-verb agreement ("were" is used with plural subjects, while "Siva" is singular; it should be "was loving" for singular past continuous). Even if corrected to "Siva was loving Suraj," it would be past continuous, not the simple present tense needed to match "is loved". Therefore, this option is incorrect.
The Correct Active Voice Conversion
Based on the analysis, the only option that correctly converts the passive sentence "Suraj is loved by Siva" into the active voice while preserving the original meaning and tense is "Siva loves Suraj."
Revision Table: Active vs. Passive Voice Summary
Feature
Active Voice
Passive Voice
Subject Role
Performs the action
Receives the action
Typical Structure
Subject + Verb + Object
Subject + form of 'be' + Past Participle + (by + Doer)
Focus
On the doer of the action
On the action or the receiver of the action
Example (Original Passive)
Siva loves Suraj.
Suraj is loved by Siva.
Example (Past Simple)
Siva loved Suraj.
Suraj was loved by Siva.
Additional Information on Voice in Grammar
Choosing between active and passive voice often depends on what you want to emphasize. Active voice is generally preferred for clarity, directness, and energy, especially in straightforward writing.
Passive voice is useful when:
The doer of the action is unknown or unimportant (e.g., "The window was broken.").
You want to focus on the action itself or the person/thing receiving the action (e.g., "The discovery was made in 1950.").
You want to avoid mentioning the doer of the action (e.g., "Mistakes were made.").
However, overuse of passive voice can sometimes make writing sound impersonal, vague, or unnecessarily complicated. Mastering the conversion between active and passive voice helps improve sentence structure and clarity in your writing.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 88archived
Select the INCORRECTLY spelt word.
- A
Believe
- B
Audible
- C
Throat
- D
Pronounciation
Show answer
D. PronounciationIdentifying Incorrect Spelling in English Words
The question asks us to select the word that is spelt incorrectly from the given options. To answer this question, we need to examine each word and determine its correct spelling.
Let's look at each option:
Believe: This is a common English word. The spelling 'Believe' is correct. It means to accept that something is true or real.
Audible: This word means capable of being heard. The spelling 'Audible' is correct.
Throat: This word refers to the part of the neck in front of the spine, including the pharynx and larynx. The spelling 'Throat' is correct.
Pronounciation: This word is intended to refer to the way a word is spoken. Let's check its standard spelling.
Analysing the Spelling of "Pronounciation"
The word related to how words are spoken is 'pronunciation'. The spelling 'Pronounciation' includes an extra 'o' after 'n'. This makes 'Pronounciation' an incorrect spelling.
The correct spelling is Pronunciation.
Based on this analysis, the word that is incorrectly spelt is 'Pronounciation'.
Correct Spellings of the Words
Let's list the correct spellings for clarity:
Believe (Correct)
Audible (Correct)
Throat (Correct)
Pronunciation (Correct spelling of the intended word)
Therefore, the word presented with an incorrect spelling among the options is 'Pronounciation'.
Option
Given Spelling
Correct Spelling
Status
1
Believe
Believe
Correct
2
Audible
Audible
Correct
3
Throat
Throat
Correct
4
Pronounciation
Pronunciation
Incorrect
Conclusion on Incorrect Spelling
Comparing the given options with their correct spellings, it is clear that 'Pronounciation' is the only word spelt incorrectly.
Revision Table: Common Spelling Errors
Reviewing common misspellings can help improve accuracy. Many errors occur with vowels or double consonants.
Common Misspelling
Correct Spelling
A lot
A lot (always two words)
Alot
A lot
Acquire
Acquire
Aquire
Acquire
Conscience
Conscience
Conscious
Conscious
Definitely
Definitely
Definately
Definitely
Separate
Separate
Seperate
Separate
Additional Information on English Spelling
English spelling can be challenging due to its historical development, borrowing from various languages, and inconsistent pronunciation rules. Here are some tips to improve spelling:
Read Widely: Exposure to correctly spelt words in books and articles helps reinforce proper spelling.
Use Mnemonics: Create memory aids for tricky words (e.g., 'a lie in believe').
Learn Root Words and Affixes: Understanding prefixes, suffixes, and root words can help deduce spellings.
Practice: Regularly writing and checking spellings helps.
Use a Dictionary: When in doubt, always refer to a dictionary (either physical or online).
Proofread: Carefully review your writing for errors. Reading aloud can sometimes help catch mistakes.
Focusing on commonly misspelled words and practicing consistently are key strategies for mastering English spelling.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 89archived
Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the underlined word in the given sentence.
I confronted the journalist with the evidence.
- A
Resisted
- B
Avoided
- C
Challenged
- D
Encountered
Show answer
B. AvoidedUnderstanding the Antonym of Confronted
The question asks us to find the most appropriate antonym for the word "confronted" as used in the sentence: "I confronted the journalist with the evidence."
Meaning of Confronted
In this context, "confronted" means to meet someone face-to-face, often with a challenging or argumentative purpose, or to present evidence or facts to someone directly, especially when challenging them. It implies a direct encounter or presentation.
Analyzing the Options for the Antonym of Confronted
Let's look at each option to see which one represents the opposite meaning of "confronted":
Resisted: To oppose or fight against something or someone. This is not the opposite of meeting or presenting something directly. It implies opposition, not avoidance of the encounter itself.
Avoided: To keep away from or refrain from doing something. This means deliberately not meeting or not presenting the evidence directly. This is the opposite of facing or presenting directly.
Challenged: To dispute the truth or validity of something; to question or dare someone. This is very similar in meaning to confronting someone with evidence. It is a synonym, not an antonym.
Encountered: To meet someone or something unexpectedly. While it involves meeting, it lacks the deliberate or challenging aspect often present in "confronted". It is not a clear antonym.
Identifying the Most Appropriate Antonym
The word that best represents the opposite action of directly facing or presenting evidence to someone is "avoided". If you avoided the journalist, you did not confront them with the evidence. Therefore, "avoided" is the most appropriate antonym for "confronted" in this sentence.
The sentence "I confronted the journalist with the evidence" means I directly faced the journalist and presented the evidence. The opposite action would be to keep away from the journalist and not present the evidence.
Therefore, the most appropriate antonym is "Avoided".
Word
Meaning in Context
Relation to "Confronted"
Confronted
Met face-to-face and presented evidence directly (often challenging)
Original word
Resisted
Opposed or fought against
Not an antonym
Avoided
Kept away from, did not meet directly
Antonym
Challenged
Disputed or questioned directly
Synonym
Encountered
Met (often unexpectedly)
Not a clear antonym
Revision Table: Key Vocabulary
Word
Meaning
Antonym Example
Confront
To meet face-to-face with hostile intent or to present for examination/challenge
Avoid, Evade, Dodge
Avoid
To keep away from; prevent from happening
Confront, Face, Meet
Additional Information: Understanding Antonyms and Synonyms
Antonyms are words that have opposite meanings. Understanding antonyms helps expand vocabulary and improve comprehension of word relationships. Synonyms, on the other hand, are words that have similar meanings.
Learning antonyms helps you express contrasting ideas more clearly.
Identifying antonyms often requires understanding the specific context in which a word is used, as words can have multiple meanings.
Practicing with antonym questions is a good way to build your English vocabulary and reading skills.
In this question, the context of presenting evidence makes "confronted" about a direct, often challenging, interaction. The clear opposite is preventing that direct interaction, which is achieved by "avoiding" it.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 90archived
Select the most appropriate idiom/phrase that can substitute the given group of words.
The better you know someone the less you like him.
- A
Save for a rainy day
- B
Spill the beans
- C
The elephant in the room
- D
Familiarity breeds contempt
Show answer
D. Familiarity breeds contemptUnderstanding the Idiom for Knowing Someone Better
The question asks us to select the most appropriate idiom or phrase that can replace the statement: "The better you know someone the less you like him." This statement describes how increased knowledge or close acquaintance with a person can sometimes lead to a decrease in respect or affection for them, often due to becoming aware of their faults or imperfections.
Analysing the Given Idiom Options
Let's look at each idiom provided in the options and understand its meaning to see which one fits the given statement.
Option 1: Save for a rainy day
This idiom means to save money or resources for a time in the future when they might be needed, especially during a time of difficulty or emergency.
Example: She always puts a little money aside every month to save for a rainy day.
This meaning is not related to getting to know someone and liking them less.
Option 2: Spill the beans
This idiom means to reveal a secret or unintentionally tell something that was supposed to be kept confidential.
Example: The surprise party was ruined because someone spilled the beans.
This meaning is not related to the statement about knowing someone better.
Option 3: The elephant in the room
This idiom refers to an obvious problem or difficult situation that everyone is aware of but no one wants to discuss because it is uncomfortable.
Example: Their financial troubles were the elephant in the room during the family gathering.
This meaning is not related to knowing a person deeply and forming an opinion based on that knowledge.
Option 4: Familiarity breeds contempt
This is a well-known proverb that means the better you know someone or something, the more likely you are to find fault with them and lose respect or admiration. Close acquaintance can reveal flaws that were not apparent from a distance.
Example: They were best friends, but after living together for a year, familiarity bred contempt, and they started arguing constantly.
This meaning perfectly matches the statement "The better you know someone the less you like him."
Conclusion
Based on the analysis of each idiom, "Familiarity breeds contempt" is the most appropriate phrase to substitute the given group of words, as it directly conveys the idea that increased knowledge of a person can lead to decreased liking or respect for them.
Idiom/Phrase
Meaning
Relevance to Statement
Save for a rainy day
Save for future needs
No
Spill the beans
Reveal a secret
No
The elephant in the room
Obvious but undiscussed problem
No
Familiarity breeds contempt
Knowing someone better leads to liking them less
Yes
Revision Table: Idioms and Meanings
Idiom
Common Meaning
Save for a rainy day
To save money or resources for a future time of need.
Spill the beans
To reveal a secret or confidential information.
The elephant in the room
An obvious problem or issue that everyone avoids discussing.
Familiarity breeds contempt
The more you know someone or something, the less you respect or like them.
Additional Information: Learning Idioms
Idioms are phrases where the meaning isn't obvious from the individual words. Learning idioms is important for understanding and using English effectively, especially in conversational and cultural contexts. They add color and nuance to language.
Idioms often have historical or cultural origins.
Their meanings must be learned as whole units, not word by word.
Using idioms correctly can make your language sound more natural.
Context is key to understanding which idiom is appropriate.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 91archived
Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the given word.
Prohibition
- A
Restriction
- B
Inhibition
- C
Direction
- D
Permission
Show answer
D. PermissionProhibition Meaning Exploration
The question asks for the most suitable antonym for the word "Prohibition". An antonym is a word that means the opposite of another word. To find the correct antonym, we first need to understand the meaning of "Prohibition".
"Prohibition" refers to the act of officially forbidding or banning something, often by law. It signifies a restriction or a rule against doing something.
Analyzing Word Options for Antonym Match
Let's examine the meaning of each provided option:
Restriction: This means a limiting condition or measure. It is closely related to prohibition, as it also involves preventing or limiting an action. Therefore, it is not the opposite.
Inhibition: This refers to the act of restraining, preventing, or stopping an action or process, often related to psychological or social restraint. While it involves stopping something, it is not the direct opposite of a formal ban.
Direction: This means guidance or instruction towards a particular way or course of action. It does not relate to the concept of forbidding or allowing.
Permission: This means the action of allowing something to happen or be done; authorization or consent. This is the direct opposite of forbidding or banning.
Identifying the Opposite of Prohibition
Comparing the meanings, "Prohibition" (a ban or forbidding) and "Permission" (allowing or authorization) are clearly opposite concepts. While "Restriction" and "Inhibition" involve limitation or stopping, they are more akin to synonyms or related concepts rather than direct opposites.
Therefore, the most appropriate antonym for "Prohibition" among the given choices is "Permission".
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 92archived
Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The French had regarded the scholar as a usurper.
- A
The scholar was being regarded as a usurper by the French.
- B
The scholar has been regarded as a usurper by the French.
- C
The scholar was regarded as a usurper by the French.
- D
The scholar had been regarded as a usurper by the French.
Show answer
D. The scholar had been regarded as a usurper by the French.Understanding how to convert sentences from active voice to passive voice is a key skill in English grammar. This involves changing the focus of the sentence from the doer of the action (the subject in active voice) to the receiver of the action (the object in active voice, which becomes the subject in passive voice).
Let's analyse the given sentence: "The French had regarded the scholar as a usurper."
In this active voice sentence:
The subject is "The French" (the doer of the action).
The verb is "had regarded" (Past Perfect tense).
The object is "the scholar" (the receiver of the action).
"as a usurper" is a phrase describing the object.
To convert an active voice sentence in the Past Perfect tense to passive voice, we follow a specific structure:
Active Voice (Past Perfect): Subject + had + Past Participle of Verb + Object + ...
Passive Voice (Past Perfect): Object (becomes subject) + had + been + Past Participle of Verb + by + Subject (becomes object) + ...
Converting "Had Regarded" (Past Perfect) to Passive Voice
Applying this rule to the sentence "The French had regarded the scholar as a usurper":
Identify the object: "the scholar". This becomes the new subject.
Identify the verb tense: "had regarded" is Past Perfect.
Apply the passive structure for Past Perfect: "had been" + Past Participle of "regard" (which is "regarded"). So, the passive verb is "had been regarded".
Include the original subject ("The French") introduced by "by": "by the French".
Add the remaining part of the sentence: "as a usurper".
Combining these parts gives the passive voice sentence: "The scholar had been regarded as a usurper by the French."
Comparison of Tense Conversion: Active vs. Passive
Tense
Active Voice Structure
Passive Voice Structure
Example (using 'regard')
Simple Present
Subject + Verb(s/es) + Object
Object + is/am/are + P.P. + by + Subject
He regards the scholar. → The scholar is regarded by him.
Present Continuous
Subject + is/am/are + V-ing + Object
Object + is/am/are + being + P.P. + by + Subject
He is regarding the scholar. → The scholar is being regarded by him.
Present Perfect
Subject + has/have + P.P. + Object
Object + has/have + been + P.P. + by + Subject
He has regarded the scholar. → The scholar has been regarded by him.
Simple Past
Subject + Verb(ed/2nd form) + Object
Object + was/were + P.P. + by + Subject
He regarded the scholar. → The scholar was regarded by him.
Past Continuous
Subject + was/were + V-ing + Object
Object + was/were + being + P.P. + by + Subject
He was regarding the scholar. → The scholar was being regarded by him.
Past Perfect
Subject + had + P.P. + Object
Object + had + been + P.P. + by + Subject
He had regarded the scholar. → The scholar had been regarded by him.
Simple Future
Subject + will + V1 + Object
Object + will + be + P.P. + by + Subject
He will regard the scholar. → The scholar will be regarded by him.
Evaluating the Options for Passive Voice Conversion
Let's look at the given options and see which one correctly expresses the sentence in passive voice with the Past Perfect tense.
The scholar was being regarded as a usurper by the French.
This uses the structure "was being regarded", which is the passive form for the Past Continuous tense. The original sentence is in Past Perfect, not Past Continuous. So, this option is incorrect.
The scholar has been regarded as a usurper by the French.
This uses the structure "has been regarded", which is the passive form for the Present Perfect tense. The original sentence is in Past Perfect, not Present Perfect. So, this option is incorrect.
The scholar was regarded as a usurper by the French.
This uses the structure "was regarded", which is the passive form for the Simple Past tense. The original sentence is in Past Perfect, not Simple Past. So, this option is incorrect.
The scholar had been regarded as a usurper by the French.
This uses the structure "had been regarded", which is the passive form for the Past Perfect tense. This correctly matches the tense of the original active voice sentence ("had regarded"). The structure is correct for a passive voice sentence. So, this option is correct.
Therefore, the correct passive voice conversion of "The French had regarded the scholar as a usurper" is "The scholar had been regarded as a usurper by the French."
Revision Table: Active and Passive Voice Key Points
Feature
Active Voice
Passive Voice
Focus
Subject (doer of action)
Object (receiver of action)
Structure
Subject + Verb + Object
Object + be verb + Past Participle + (by + Subject)
Tense Handling
Verb form reflects tense directly
'be' verb reflects tense; main verb is always Past Participle
Usage
Common for direct, clear statements
Used when the action or receiver is more important than the doer, or the doer is unknown/obvious
Sentence Example
They built the house.
The house was built by them.
Additional Information on Passive Voice Conversion
When converting sentences to the passive voice, remember that typically only sentences with a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) can be changed into passive voice. Intransitive verbs do not have an object and therefore cannot be converted.
In some passive sentences, the "by + agent" phrase (e.g., "by the French") can be omitted if the doer of the action is unimportant, unknown, or obvious from the context. However, in this specific question, including "by the French" was necessary for the given options.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 93archived
Select the most appropriate word segment for the underlined word in the given sentence.
Pintu has been advised to reduce smoking by his family doctor.
- A
lower down
- B
up down
- C
less down
- D
cut down
Show answer
D. cut downUnderstanding Word Segments and Sentence Completion
This question asks us to choose the most appropriate word segment or phrase to replace the underlined words "reduce smoking" in the given sentence: "Pintu has been advised to reduce smoking by his family doctor." We need to find a phrase that has a similar meaning and fits naturally in the sentence.
Analysing the Phrase "Reduce Smoking"
The phrase "reduce smoking" means to smoke less frequently or to decrease the amount of tobacco consumed. Doctors often advise patients to reduce or stop smoking for health reasons.
Evaluating the Options for Replacing "Reduce Smoking"
Let's look at each option provided and see if it fits the meaning and context of the sentence:
lower down: This phrase typically refers to physically moving something to a lower position (e.g., "lower down the blinds") or sometimes reducing the level of something abstract, but it's not commonly used for reducing habits like smoking.
up down: This is not a standard English phrase to mean reduction or anything else in this context. It might describe vertical movement or fluctuation, but it doesn't fit here.
less down: This phrase is grammatically incorrect and does not convey the meaning of reducing a habit. "Less" indicates a smaller quantity, but "less down" is not a recognized idiom or phrasal verb.
cut down: The phrasal verb "cut down" means to reduce the amount or frequency of something. It is very commonly used in the context of reducing consumption of food, drink, or cigarettes/smoking. For example, "cut down on sugar," "cut down on drinking," or "cut down on smoking."
Selecting the Most Appropriate Word Segment
Comparing the options, "cut down" is the most appropriate phrase to replace "reduce smoking" because it specifically means to reduce the amount or frequency of a habit, which aligns perfectly with the action advised by the family doctor regarding smoking.
The sentence rewritten with the appropriate phrase would be: "Pintu has been advised to cut down smoking by his family doctor." This sentence makes perfect sense and is grammatically correct.
Conclusion on Replacing "Reduce Smoking"
Based on the analysis of each option's meaning and common usage, the phrase "cut down" is the most suitable replacement for "reduce smoking" in the given sentence.
Revision Table: Key Phrases for Reduction
Phrase
Common Usage Context
Meaning
Reduce smoking
Habits, consumption
To decrease the amount or frequency of smoking.
Cut down (on)
Habits, consumption (smoking, eating, drinking)
To reduce the amount or frequency of doing or consuming something.
Lower down
Physical objects, levels (sometimes abstract)
To move something physically downwards; sometimes to decrease intensity/level.
Additional Information: Phrasal Verbs for Habits
Phrasal verbs are combinations of a verb and a preposition or adverb (or both) that function as a single unit of meaning. Many phrasal verbs are used when discussing habits and changes to habits.
Cut down on: As discussed, means to reduce consumption or frequency. (e.g., "I need to cut down on coffee.")
Give up: Means to stop doing something completely. (e.g., "He decided to give up smoking entirely.")
Take up: Means to start a hobby, sport, or habit. (e.g., "She took up yoga for stress relief.")
Stick to: Means to continue doing something; maintain a habit or plan. (e.g., "It's hard to stick to a diet.")
Understanding common phrasal verbs related to habits is important for improving fluency and comprehension in English.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 94archived
Select the option that can be used as a one-word substitute for the given group of words.
Something belonging to or surviving from an earlier period
- A
Vestige
- B
Dinosaur
- C
Ruin
- D
Relic
Show answer
D. RelicUnderstanding One-Word Substitutes
One-word substitution is a common exercise in language ability tests where a phrase or a group of words is replaced by a single word that expresses the same meaning. This requires understanding the precise meaning of the given phrase and the available options.
The given phrase is: Something belonging to or surviving from an earlier period.
We need to find a single word among the options that accurately describes an object or item that originated or existed in the past and still exists today.
Analyzing the Options for "Earlier Period" Items
Let's examine each option provided:
Vestige: This word refers to a trace of something that is disappearing or no longer exists. It suggests a remnant, often intangible, rather than a surviving object.
Dinosaur: This is a specific type of large reptile that lived during the Mesozoic Era and is now extinct. While it belongs to an earlier period, it is a specific creature, not a general term for something surviving from the past.
Ruin: This typically refers to the physical remains of buildings, structures, or even cities that have been destroyed or have fallen into decay over time. It usually implies a state of disrepair.
Relic: This word describes an object surviving from an earlier time, especially one of historical or sentimental interest. It precisely fits the description of something from the past that still exists.
Identifying the Best One-Word Substitute
Comparing the meanings, the word that best fits the description "Something belonging to or surviving from an earlier period" is 'Relic'. A relic is an artifact or object that has endured from a past era.
Let's summarize the options and their relevance:
Option
Meaning
Fits the Phrase?
Vestige
A trace of something disappearing or gone.
No (implies disappearance)
Dinosaur
A specific extinct creature.
No (too specific, extinct)
Ruin
Physical remains of destroyed/decayed structures.
Partially (surviving, but specific context of decay)
Relic
An object surviving from an earlier time.
Yes (general term for surviving item)
Based on the analysis, 'Relic' is the most accurate one-word substitute for the given phrase.
Revision Table: One-Word Substitution
Phrase
One-Word Substitute
Something belonging to or surviving from an earlier period
Relic
Additional Information on Relics and Historical Items
Understanding the nuances between similar words like relic, artifact, antique, and even vestige is important for one-word substitution questions.
Relic: Often suggests historical, cultural, or sentimental value and survival from a past time.
Artifact: Generally an object made by a human being, typically one of historical or cultural interest.
Antique: An object with a high value because of its considerable age.
Vestige: More about a trace or sign of something that no longer exists, less about a surviving object itself.
Context is key in selecting the appropriate word. In this case, the phrase emphasizes something *surviving* from an earlier period, which 'Relic' directly addresses.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 95archived
Select the most appropriate synonym of the underlined word.
The internationally agreed Declaration of the Small Island Developing States (SIDS) Accelerated Modalities of Action, the so-called S.A.M.O.A Pathway, recognises that SIDS remains a special case for sustainable development in view of their unique and particular vulnerabilities.
- A
vast
- B
unsuitable
- C
rare
- D
imperishable
Show answer
D. imperishableThe correct answer is imperishable.
The underlined word in the sentence is 'sustainable', which means able to be maintained or continued over a long period of time; enduring and not liable to decay or exhaustion.
Among the given options, 'imperishable' (meaning enduring forever, not subject to decay or destruction) most closely captures the sense of lasting and enduring quality conveyed by 'sustainable' in the context of development.
Why other options are incorrect:
Vast means very great in size or extent, which relates to magnitude, not durability or endurance.
Unsuitable means not fitting or appropriate, which is actually opposite in sense to 'sustainable'.
Rare means uncommon or seldom occurring, which has no connection to the idea of being long-lasting or enduring.
Hence, 'imperishable' is the most appropriate synonym for 'sustainable'.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 96archived
Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 1.
- A
cities
- B
colonies
- C
villages
- D
countries
Show answer
C. villagesUnderstanding the Passage and the First Blank
The passage discusses two different periods of population movement: the Industrial Revolution in the 19th century and a more recent trend in the 21st century. The first blank asks about where millions of people left during the 19th-century industrial revolution in Europe.
During the Industrial Revolution, significant changes occurred in how goods were produced. Factories were built in cities, offering jobs that were not available in traditional agricultural areas. This led to a large-scale migration of people looking for work.
Analyzing Options for Blank 1
Let's examine the provided options for the first blank:
cities: The passage states people went *to* work in big factories in cities. This means they were moving towards cities, not leaving them in large numbers at the start of the Industrial Revolution.
colonies: While European colonization was happening, the passage focuses on internal movement within Europe related to industrialization and factory work. Leaving for colonies is a different type of migration.
villages: Traditionally, during the agricultural era, most people lived in rural areas like villages. The rise of factories in cities pulled people away from these rural areas in search of industrial jobs. This fits the historical context of the Industrial Revolution migration patterns.
countries: Leaving 'countries' implies international migration. The passage describes movement related to industrial centers which were predominantly within the same countries in Europe during the initial phases of the Industrial Revolution.
Selecting the Most Appropriate Option
Based on the historical context described in the passage, the Industrial Revolution led people to move from areas where agriculture was the primary occupation to areas where factories were concentrated. These agricultural areas were typically rural regions, including villages. The passage explicitly contrasts this 19th-century movement (leaving the blank to go to cities) with the 21st-century reverse trend (moving out of cities).
Therefore, the most appropriate word to fill blank (1) is 'villages', as people left the villages (rural areas) to work in factories in cities during the Industrial Revolution.
Revision Table: Key Concepts
Term
Relevance to Passage
Associated Time Period
Industrial Revolution
Period of significant shift to factory production; caused rural-to-urban migration.
19th Century
Rural Areas (Villages)
Where people traditionally lived before industrialization; source of migration *from*.
19th Century
Cities
Where factories were located; destination of migration *to* in 19th Century; source of migration *from* in 21st Century.
19th & 21st Centuries
Service Industries
Modern sector offering jobs; contributes to different urban/suburban patterns.
21st Century
Additional Information: Migration During Industrialization
The migration from rural areas to urban centers during the Industrial Revolution was a global phenomenon, particularly prominent in Europe and North America. This shift was driven by:
Economic Opportunities: Factories offered more jobs and potentially higher wages than traditional agricultural work.
Technological Changes: New farming technologies required fewer laborers, pushing people to seek work elsewhere.
Population Growth: Increased population put pressure on land and resources in rural areas.
This mass movement led to rapid urbanization, growth of industrial cities, and significant social and economic changes.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 97archived
Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 2.
- A
greener
- B
worse
- C
dark
- D
higher
Show answer
A. greenerSolving the Passage Completion Question
The passage describes historical population movement patterns, starting with the industrial revolution where people moved from the countryside to cities for factory jobs. It then contrasts this with a more recent trend where people are moving out of major cities. The reason given for this reverse migration is the desire for a better living environment.
Analyzing Blank Number 2
The sentence containing blank number 2 is: "They want a cleaner, (2) ________ environment." This sentence explains the motivation behind people moving out of cities in the 21st century. They are looking for an improved environment compared to what cities offer.
Evaluating the Options for Blank 2
Let's look at the options provided for filling in blank number 2:
greener: This word suggests an environment with more plants, nature, parks, and potentially less concrete and pollution than a typical city center. A "cleaner, greener environment" is a common phrase used to describe a desirable living space, often found outside dense urban areas.
worse: This is the opposite of what someone moving for a better environment would seek. People are moving out of cities to find something improved, not worse.
dark: This word relates to light conditions. While some areas outside cities might be less brightly lit than city centers at night, seeking a "cleaner, dark environment" doesn't fit the context of environmental quality people desire for living. People generally seek light and open spaces.
higher: This word could relate to altitude, quality, or level. Seeking a "cleaner, higher environment" doesn't make grammatical or contextual sense in this passage. "Higher quality environment" might be intended, but "greener" is a much more specific and fitting descriptor in this context of seeking a better living environment outside a city.
Determining the Most Appropriate Word
Considering the context that people are moving out of cities specifically because they desire a better environment, the word that best complements "cleaner" and describes a desirable living environment found outside dense urban areas is "greener". A "cleaner, greener environment" implies less pollution, more open space, and more nature, which aligns perfectly with the reason for moving away from city centers as described in the passage.
Therefore, the most appropriate option to fill in blank number 2 is "greener".
Revision Table: Understanding Passage Context
Time Period
Migration Trend
Reason
Environment Sought
19th Century
Rural → Urban (Cities)
Industrial Revolution jobs (factories)
Work opportunities
21st Century
Urban (Cities) → Outside Cities
Service industry jobs, transport/communication ease
Cleaner, greener environment
Additional Information: Urban Migration and Environment
The passage highlights two distinct phases of migration related to urban areas. The first, driven by industrialization, concentrated populations in cities. The second, a more modern trend, shows decentralization, partly driven by lifestyle choices and environmental preferences.
Urbanization: The process of populations moving from rural areas to urban areas, leading to the growth of cities. This was a major trend during the Industrial Revolution.
Counter-urbanization: The movement of people away from urban areas to smaller towns or rural areas. This trend can be influenced by factors like quality of life, cost of living, environmental concerns, and improved technology allowing for remote work or easier commuting.
Environmental Push Factors: Negative environmental conditions in cities (like pollution, noise, lack of green space) can push people to seek better environments elsewhere.
Environmental Pull Factors: Positive environmental attributes of non-urban areas (like cleaner air, more open space, nature) can attract people.
Understanding these concepts helps in appreciating the context of the passage and why people might seek a "cleaner, greener environment" away from city centers.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 98archived
Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 3.
- A
Instead
- B
Of course
- C
Clearly
- D
Nevertheless
Show answer
A. InsteadUnderstanding the Passage and Blank 3
The provided passage discusses a significant shift in population movement patterns, contrasting the historical trend of people moving from rural areas to cities during the 19th-century industrial revolution with the modern trend of people moving out of major city centers. It explores the reasons behind this modern change, including the desire for a cleaner environment and changes in the job market.
We need to select the most appropriate word to fill in blank number 3. Let's look at the sentences immediately surrounding this blank:
There are fewer jobs in ‘heavy' industries like steel and power generation.
(3) ________, there are more jobs in service industries like banking, tourism and food delivery.
The first sentence states that jobs in heavy industries are declining. The second sentence states that jobs in service industries are increasing. These two statements present contrasting trends in employment sectors. We need a word that logically connects these two ideas.
Analyzing the Options for Blank 3
Let's examine each option to see which one best fits the context of connecting the decline in heavy industry jobs with the rise in service industry jobs.
Option
Meaning/Usage
Fit with Context
Instead
In place of, as an alternative or substitute.
Connects the decline in one sector to the rise in another as an alternative source of employment. This fits well.
Of course
As expected; certainly.
Implies the following statement is obvious or naturally follows. The rise in service jobs isn't necessarily an obvious consequence of the decline in heavy industry in this specific context, though both are true trends.
Clearly
In a clear manner; obviously.
Similar to ‘Of course,’ it implies something is easy to see or understand. While the rise in service jobs is clear, the transition presented isn't simply an observation but a contrasting employment trend.
Nevertheless
In spite of that; however.
Used to introduce a statement that contrasts with or contradicts something previously said. The rise in service jobs doesn't happen *despite* the decline in heavy industry jobs; they are presented as different, perhaps compensating, trends.
Choosing the Most Appropriate Word
Considering the analysis, the word "Instead" most effectively links the two sentences. It signifies that the increase in service industry jobs is happening as an alternative or in contrast to the decrease in heavy industry jobs. The passage is presenting the shift in the job market from one type of industry to another.
Let's read the sentences with "Instead" filled in:
"There are fewer jobs in ‘heavy' industries like steel and power generation. Instead, there are more jobs in service industries like banking, tourism and food delivery."
This flow makes logical sense, showing a transition or shift in where jobs are available.
Conclusion for Blank 3
The most appropriate option to fill in blank number 3 is "Instead" because it correctly shows the relationship between the decrease in heavy industry jobs and the increase in service industry jobs as a form of substitution or alternative in the modern economy.
Revision Table: Key Concepts
Concept
Explanation
Relevance to Passage
Passage Completion
Filling in missing words in a text based on context, grammar, and vocabulary.
The core task of this question. Requires understanding the flow and meaning of the passage.
Contextual Vocabulary
Selecting the best word based on how it is used in the specific sentences around the blank.
Crucial for choosing the correct option (“Instead”) by analyzing the logical connection needed between the two sentences.
Connecting Words (Transitions)
Words or phrases that link ideas, sentences, or paragraphs. Examples include Instead, Nevertheless, However, Therefore, Moreover.
Understanding the function of transition words like “Instead” is key to determining the relationship between the ideas being presented.
Economic Shift
A change in the structure or focus of an economy, e.g., from manufacturing to services.
The passage describes an economic shift impacting where jobs are located, which is directly relevant to blank 3.
Additional Information: Understanding Transition Words
Transition words and phrases are vital for creating clear, coherent writing. They act as signals that help the reader understand the relationship between different parts of the text. Here are a few common types:
Contrast/Opposition: however, nevertheless, on the other hand, in contrast, while
Addition: moreover, furthermore, in addition, also, and
Cause and Effect: therefore, thus, consequently, as a result, so
Example: for example, for instance, such as, specifically
Alternative/Substitution: instead, rather, alternatively
In the case of blank 3, the passage presents two contrasting job trends, but the relationship is less about direct opposition and more about one trend replacing or being an alternative to another in terms of job availability. "Instead" perfectly captures this sense of substitution or alternative direction in the job market compared to the past or the heavy industry sector.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 99archived
Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 4.
- A
commute
- B
compute
- C
communicate
- D
calculate
Show answer
A. commuteSolving the Fill in the Blank Passage: Blank 4 Analysis
The passage discusses population shifts from rural areas to cities during the industrial revolution and the more recent trend of people moving out of major cities.
Let's examine the sentence containing blank number 4:
"Beside, modern transport and communications have made it easier for people to (4) ________ to work or even work from home."
Analyzing Blank 4 and Options
The sentence talks about how advancements in transport and communication technology have simplified the process of getting to work or working from home. We need a word that fits the context of traveling to one's workplace, which is often facilitated by modern transport.
Let's look at the options provided:
commute
compute
communicate
calculate
Understanding the Meanings of the Options
Commute: This means to travel some distance regularly between one's home and one's place of work.
Compute: This means to calculate or reckon; to use a computer.
Communicate: This means to exchange information or ideas; to make known.
Calculate: This means to determine mathematically; to ascertain or estimate by computation.
Selecting the Best Fit for Blank 4
The blank is followed by "to work or even work from home". The phrase "to work" clearly implies physical travel to a workplace. Modern transport makes this travel easier. The word that specifically describes travelling to work is "commute".
"Compute" does not fit as it relates to calculation or computers, not travel.
"Communicate" is relevant to the "communications" part of the sentence, but the action being made easier "to work" is the travel itself, not just exchanging information.
"Calculate" is irrelevant in this context of travelling to work.
"Commute" perfectly describes the regular travel between home and work, which is facilitated by modern transport and can be potentially replaced by working from home due to modern communications.
Therefore, the most appropriate word to fill blank number 4 is "commute".
Option
Meaning
Fits Blank 4?
Reason
commute
Travel regularly between home and work
Yes
Directly relates to travelling "to work", facilitated by modern transport.
compute
Calculate; use a computer
No
Does not relate to travelling to work.
communicate
Exchange information
No
While related to 'communications', the blank describes the action of getting 'to work'.
calculate
Determine mathematically
No
Does not relate to travelling to work.
The sentence, with "commute" filled in, reads: "Beside, modern transport and communications have made it easier for people to commute to work or even work from home." This makes perfect sense in the context of people potentially living further away from city centers but still needing to travel to work.
Conclusion on Blank 4
Based on the analysis of the sentence and the meaning of the options, "commute" is the correct choice for blank number 4.
Blank Number
Correct Word
4
commute
Revision Table: Fill in the Blank & Vocabulary
Reviewing key terms from the passage and the question:
Term
Relevance to Passage
Industrial Revolution
Historical context of migration from rural to urban areas.
Cities
Focus of population movement, both inflow and outflow.
Commute
Travelling between home and work, made easier by modern transport/communications.
Service Industries
Modern job sector replacing heavy industries, often located in or near cities.
Spread Cities
Result of modern migration patterns; urban areas expanding outwards.
Work from home
Modern trend enabled by communications, reducing need for daily commute.
Additional Information: Urban Trends and Work Patterns
The passage touches upon significant socio-economic changes over time:
19th Century Urbanization: Driven by the Industrial Revolution, people moved from farms (rural areas) to cities for factory jobs. This led to rapid growth of urban centers.
21st Century Counter-Urbanization/Suburbanization: Modern trends show movement away from core city centers. Factors include the desire for better environment, shift from manufacturing to service jobs (which might be located differently or allow remote work), and improved transport and communication making longer commutes or remote work viable.
Service Economy: Unlike the manufacturing focus of the industrial revolution, modern economies are dominated by service sectors like finance, technology, healthcare, education, tourism, and logistics. These jobs can sometimes offer more flexibility in terms of location.
Remote Work & Technology: Advances in communication technology (internet, video conferencing) have made "working from home" a reality for many, reducing the need for daily commuting to a central office.
Spread Cities (Urban Sprawl): As people move out of city centers but still maintain connections (often for work, shopping, or leisure), cities tend to grow outwards in a less dense manner, resulting in larger metropolitan areas or "spread cities".
These factors collectively contribute to the changing landscape of where people live and work, as described in the passage.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Question 100archived
Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 5.
- A
downward
- B
outwards
- C
upward
- D
inward
Show answer
B. outwardsUnderstanding the Passage and Blank 5
The passage describes a shift in population movement patterns in Europe, comparing the Industrial Revolution (19th century) with current trends (21st century). In the 19th century, people moved from rural areas (the countryside) to cities for factory jobs. In the 21st century, the reverse is happening: people are moving out of major cities.
Several reasons are given for this modern trend:
Desire for a cleaner, better environment.
Shift from 'heavy' industries to service industries in cities.
Modern transport and communication making commuting or working from home easier.
The result is the growth of 'spread cities'. Blank 5 is part of the sentence describing how these spread cities are growing:
“cities are growing fast, but (5) ________, away from city centres and people are choosing to live 40, 50 or 60 kilometres away.”
We need to find the word that best describes the direction of growth that is "away from city centres".
Analyzing Options for Blank 5
Let's look at the given options to fill in blank 5:
downward
outwards
upward
inward
Evaluation of Options for Blank 5
downward: This refers to a movement towards a lower level or position. This does not describe the direction of urban growth away from a central point.
outwards: This refers to a movement away from the centre or interior. The sentence explicitly states the growth is "away from city centres" and people are moving "40, 50 or 60 kilometres away". This option perfectly matches the description.
upward: This refers to a movement towards a higher level or position. This is usually associated with vertical growth (like skyscrapers) and does not describe movement away from the city centre horizontally.
inward: This refers to a movement towards the centre or interior. This is the opposite of what the passage describes, which is movement away from the city centres.
Selecting the Best Fit for Blank 5
Based on the analysis, the word that best fits the context of cities growing "away from city centres" is “outwards”. The passage clearly states that people are moving significant distances away from the city core, leading to cities spreading in an outward direction.
Therefore, the most appropriate option for blank no. 5 is “outwards”.
Revision Table: Passage Blanks
Blank Number
Context Clues
Most Likely Answer (based on overall passage flow)
1
People left the ... and went to cities (Industrial Revolution)
countryside / villages / farms (rural areas)
2
People want a cleaner, ... environment (moving out of cities)
better / healthier / greener
3
Contrast between fewer 'heavy' jobs and more service jobs
However / In contrast / Meanwhile
4
Modern transport allows people to ... to work or work from home
commute / travel
5
Cities growing fast, but ..., away from city centres
outwards
Additional Information: Urban Development Trends
The phenomenon described in the passage, where cities grow rapidly but spread away from their historical cores, is often referred to as suburbanization or urban sprawl. This is distinct from the urbanization of the Industrial Revolution, which saw concentrated growth in city centres.
Suburbanization: The movement of people from the inner city to the outer fringes or suburbs.
Urban Sprawl: The unrestricted growth in many urban areas of housing, commercial development, and roads over large expanses of land, with little concern for urban planning. This often results in low-density, car-dependent areas.
Decentralization: The movement of population, industry, and services away from the centre of a city. The passage highlights factors contributing to this, such as the rise of service industries, improved transport, and remote work options.
These trends have significant impacts on infrastructure, transportation, environment, and social dynamics within and around cities.
Paper & answer key PDF ↗ Browser storage is unavailable. You can still browse and practise; progress will last for this visit.